Quarterlytics / Technology / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Gigante Salmon

Gigante Salmon

giga · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker giga
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Gigante Salmon
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[X]

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019

Or

[  ]

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from      to      .

Commission File No. 001-14605

GIGA-TRONICS INCORPORATED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

California
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

5990 Gleason Drive, Dublin, CA
(Address of principal executive offices)

94-2656341
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

94568
(Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (925) 328-4650

Title of each class
Common Stock, No par value

Trading Symbol(s)
GIGA

Name of each exchange on which registered
OTCQB Market

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [ ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ] No [X]

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934  during  the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days: Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes [X] No [  ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of
registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth
company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth  company”  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the
Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

[  ]
[  ]
[  ]

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

[  ]
[X]

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes [   ] No [X]

The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant computed by reference to the price at which the common
equity was sold or the average bid and asked prices as of September 29, 2018 was $3,046,083.

There were a total of 11,360,511 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of May 20, 2019.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the following documents have been incorporated by reference into the parts indicated:

PART OF FORM 10-K DOCUMENT

PART III

Registrant’s proxy statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended
March 30, 2019.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.
ITEM 1A.
ITEM 1B.
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

PART II

ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
ITEM 7A.
ITEM 8.

ITEM 9.
ITEM 9A.
ITEM 9B.

Market for Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART III

ITEM 15.
SIGNATURES 

Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

PART IV

2

Page

3
9
14
14
14
14

14
16
17
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
53
54
54
55

56
56
56
56
56

57
60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Giga-tronics Incorporated,” “Giga-tronics,” “we,” “us,” “the Company” and “our” in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K to refer to Giga-tronics Incorporated and its wholly owned subsidiary.

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995, including but not limited to certain disclosures contained in Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations”. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about our plans, objectives, representations and contentions, and are not
historical  facts  and  typically  are  identified  by  the  use  of  terms  such  as  "may,"  "will,"  "should,"  "could,"  "expect,"  "plan,"  "anticipate,"  "believe,"  "estimate,"  "predict,"
"potential," "continue" and similar words, although some forward-looking statements are expressed differently. You should be aware that the forward-looking statements
included herein represent management's current judgment and expectations, but our actual results, events and performance could differ materially from those expressed or
implied  by  forward-looking  statements.  We  do  not  intend  to  update  any  of  these  forward-looking  statements  or  publicly  announce  the  results  of  any  revisions  to  these
forward-looking statements, other than as is required under the federal securities laws.

PART 1

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Giga-tronics  Incorporated  consists  of  two  business  segments,  those  of  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Microsource  Inc.  (“Microsource”)  and  those  of  our  Giga-tronics
Division (“Giga-tronics”). Our Microsource operation designs and manufactures Microwave Integrated Components (MICs) for military airborne applications while Giga-
tronics designs and manufactures real time solutions for RADAR / Electronic Warfare (EW) test and deployment in a laboratory setting.

Giga-tronics was incorporated on March 5, 1980. We acquired Microsource on May 18, 1998.

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 5990 Gleason Drive, Dublin, California and our telephone number at that location is (925) 328-4650. Our website
address is http://www.gigatronics.com.

Reporting Segments

Our business has two reporting segments: Microsource and the Giga-tronics Division.

Microsource

Microsource develops and manufactures MICs for operational use in airborne military applications. Microsource’s two largest customers are prime contractors for which we
develop and manufacture RADAR filters used in fighter jet aircrafts. Revenues from Microsource comprised the majority of our revenues for the fiscal years ended March
30, 2019 and March 31, 2018.

Giga-tronics Division

Our Giga-tronics Division designs, manufactures and markets a family of functional test products and integrates those test products along with third party hardware and
software to create full test solutions for the RADAR/EW segment of the defense electronics market. Our RADAR/EW test solutions are used to evaluate and improve the
performance of RADAR and EW systems. Giga-tronics Division customers include major defense prime contractors, the United States armed services and research
institutes.

For  more  information  regarding  the  Company’s  two  reporting  segments,  see  “Part  II-Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data  –  Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial Statements, Note 10, Significant Customers and Industry Segment Information.”

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Products and Markets

Microsource

Microsource’s primary business is the design of custom Microwave Integrated Components as well as the production of MIC components using chip and wire assembly
methods.  Microsource  offers  a  line  of  tunable,  synthesized  Band  Reject  Filters  (“BRF”)  for  solving  interference  problems  in  RADAR/EW  applications.  Self-protection
systems  onboard  high  performance  military  aircraft  often  require  RADAR  filters  to  block  electromagnetic  interference  generated  by  other  onboard  electronic  systems,
particularly the aircraft’s main RADAR. Our high-speed, tunable notch filters can quickly block interference from both continuous wave and wide bandwidth emissions.
Using proprietary driver and phase lock technology, these filters offer tuning speeds that are up to ten times faster than traditional filter designs. We design these filters
specifically for each application.

While  our  RADAR  filter  technology  may  be  used  in  a  variety  of  operational  applications  and  as  components  in  microwave  instruments  and  devices,  Microsource’s  two
largest customers are prime contractors for whom we develop and manufacture RADAR filters used in fighter aircrafts. Microsource serves the aftermarket for operational
hardware associated with the United States Government’s RADAR Modernization Program for prior generation fighter aircraft (i.e., the F/A-18E, F-15D and F-16 jets) to
extend their useful lives. These RADAR filters are designed to withstand the rigors of operating under extreme conditions. They must be able to operate while exposed to
the shock, vibration, high altitudes and temperature extremes experienced during jet flight without any cooling or heating from the aircraft.

Our customers require that Microsource be certified to the stringent AS9100D aerospace quality standard. Microsource routinely maintains a top rating from its customers
and over the years has received a “Supplier of the Year” award, as well as multiple “Gold Supplier” awards from one of our prime customers. We received our most recent
customer award in April of 2019 for delivering consistent product quality and on-time shipments during 2018.

Microsource’s revenues have grown as prime contractors began upgrading additional aircraft. Initially Microsource supplied filters for one fighter jet, the F/A-18E. During
our 2014 fiscal year, the prime contractor added a second aircraft, the F-15. Additionally, during our 2017 fiscal year, a second prime contractor added a third aircraft, the F-
16. As a result, Microsource’s revenue has climbed to over $9 million in fiscal 2019, which ended March 30, 2019. Microsource is a sole-source supplier of filters for these
three fighter jets and we expect that the business will continue to be a significant source of our future revenue.

Giga-tronics Division

Our  Giga-tronics  Division  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  a  family  of  functional  test  products  for  the  RADAR/EW  segment  of  the  defense  electronics  market.  Our
RADAR/EW test products are used in a laboratory setting to evaluate and improve the performance of RADAR/EW systems. Giga-tronics Division customers include major
prime defense contractors, the armed services (primarily in the U.S.) and research institutes.

Our  goal  is  to  be  the  leading  supplier  of  solutions  for  evaluating  RADAR  and  EW  systems  and  we  believe  our Advanced  Signal  Generation  and Analysis  (“ASGA”)
functional test platform, which we have been developing since 2012, will allow us to accomplish this goal. The same digital technology that has revolutionized commercial
communications and automotive electronics is now being applied to advanced RADAR and EW systems. This shift in technology limits the effectiveness of traditional test
solutions,  which  are  unable  to  properly  stimulate  and  actively  interact  with  the  RADAR  and  EW  systems  being  tested.  The  Giga-tronics ASGA  platform,  however,  has
control capabilities and real-time behavior built into the fabric of its architecture. This architecture enables test solutions with real time responses and closed loop behavior
that we believe is unavailable from any competitor.

Technology Shift in RADAR Technology

Historically, U.S. defense electronic systems have embodied the most advanced capabilities available. Major investments in integrated circuits, computing technology and
signal processing algorithms, made by the U.S. Defense Department during the 1960s, through the 1980s, gave the U.S. its edge in defensive capability. However, these
technologies  slowly  found  their  way  into  consumer  products  and  services,  such  as  desktop  computers,  music  players,  smartphones  and  the  world-wide-web.  The  rapid
acceleration and global proliferation of these technologies by commercial companies has allowed U.S. allies and potential adversaries alike to take a significant leap forward
in RADAR and EW technology.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The democratization of these advanced technologies has permitted potential adversaries to “catch-up” and in many cases surpass U.S. military dominance in the air and at
sea. The U.S. Defense Department recognizes these threats and has requested that Congress divert substantial resources from other programs to fund development of the
next generation of RADAR and EW systems. These new systems may employ machine learning and artificial intelligence technologies that will require new approaches for
test and evaluation. We believe the market for these new test technologies will remain robust even through typical business cycles.

Traditional open loop test techniques will also no longer be adequate to exercise the new cognitive systems through all their modes nor will they be able to interact in a
closed loop manner to evaluate machine learning algorithms in real-time. We believe that prime contractors and government test facilities will require hardware-in-the-loop
(“HWIL”)  testing.  HWIL  testing  calls  for  building  a  realistic  simulation  of  the  environment  the  new  devices  will  experience  when  deployed.  This  means  the  new  test
solutions must stimulate the system under test (SUT) with high-fidelity signals and then modify its stimulation in real-time in response to the evolving behavior of the SUT.
We believe our ASGA platform is the first to offer this closed-loop test functionality. Traditional test solutions that use synthesizers, modulators and spectrum analyzers are
poorly suited to the task and this shift has provided a market opportunity for Giga-tronics. We believe, therefore, that competitors seeking to develop competing closed-loop
test functionality face significant barriers because developing close-loop test systems requires a completely new investment from the ground up.

Giga-tronics’ Solution

Giga-tronics took the approach to develop a HWIL test platform similar to a RADAR or EW system in order to be prepared for the new challenges, but with the added
difficult  requirement  of  being  broadband  with  real-time  control  of  Frequency,  Phase,  and Amplitude.  Giga-tronics  limited  its  investment  to  the  microwave  portion  of  a
RADAR or EW system’s architecture and has leveraged third party hardware partners to acquire the digital portion of the test solutions. Instead of building a traditional
synthesizer,  Giga-tronics  developed  a  broad-band  up-converter.  Instead  of  building  a  spectrum  analyzer,  Giga-tronics  invented  a  down-converter  which  uses  a  similar
internal  control  structure  as  the  up-converter.  Consequently,  we  believe  that  Giga-tronics  is  the  only  solution  provider  able  to  offer  a  real-time  closed  loop  RADAR
emulator.

We developed our ASGA test systems to address three primary goals:

1. Our ASGA  solution  was  designed  specifically  for  HWIL  testing  and  offers  a  real-time,  dynamic,  closed  loop  test  solution  that  simulates  theses  adaptive/cognitive

RADAR/EW devices for RADAR design and testing purposes.

2. Our solution, which combines our ASGA platform with digital processing hardware and firmware, provides a test solution that may be customized with relative ease

compared to traditional test systems.

3. Our ASGA solution is scalable, allowing us to build test systems with multiple channels that scale well both in terms of size and costs compared to traditional systems.

We  developed  our ASGA  solution  in  three  phases.  First,  building  on  our  microwave  RADAR  component  expertise,  we  developed  a  microwave  up-converter,  a  down-
converter,  and  a  power  amplifier.  By  using  identical  architecture  and  components  as  in  the  up-converter,  for  the  down-converter,  superior  Radio  Frequency  (“RF”)
performance is achieved, including:

•

•

•

•

phase stability and coherency,

agile frequency switching,

real-time commanding of Frequency, Phase, and Amplitude, and

uniquely enabling a closed loop solution.

Second, we provided a microwave sub-system which includes individual calibrated transmit channels called the Advanced Signal Generator (ASG) and individual calibrated
receive channels called the Advanced Signal Analyzer (ASA). A System Reference Module (SRM100A) shared between the ASG and ASA modules along with an industry
standard AXIe  chassis  completes  the  platform.  The  platform’s  architecture  facilitates  building  test  systems  with  reduced  size,  weight  and  cost  compared  with  traditional
solutions, especially when the test system is required to have multiple transmitters and receivers.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Third, we developed complete custom test solutions. Some examples of test solutions integrated by Giga-tronics are our Real-Time Threat Emulation System (TEmS) and
the Multi-Ship RADAR Signal Generator sold to the US Navy at its Naval Air Station in Pt. Mugu, California.

By architecting a RADAR/EW test solution similarly to the way a RADAR system is architected, we have developed a disruptive product test platform which addresses the
new adaptive/cognitive RADAR/EW test requirements.

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials and Components

Substantially all the components required by Giga-tronics to make its assemblies are available from more than one source. We occasionally use sole source arrangements to
obtain leading-edge technology or favorable pricing or supply terms, but not in any material volume. In our opinion, the loss of any sole source arrangement we have would
not be materially adverse to our operations. Some suppliers are also competitors of Giga-tronics. In the event a competitor-supplier chooses not to sell its products to us,
production delays could occur as we seek new suppliers or re-design components to our products.

Although extended delays in receipt of components from our suppliers could result in longer product delivery schedules for us, we believe that our protection against this
possibility stems from our practices of dealing with well-established suppliers and maintaining good relationships with such suppliers.

Proprietary Technology and Intellectual Property

Our competitive position is largely dependent upon our ability to provide performance specifications for our instruments and systems that (a) effectively and reliably meet
customers’ needs and (b) selectively surpass competitors’ specifications in competing products. Patents may occasionally provide some short-term protection of proprietary
designs. However, because of the rapid progress of technological development in our industry, such protection is often, although not always, short-lived. Therefore, although
we  occasionally  pursue  patent  coverage,  we  place  major  emphasis  on  the  development  of  new  products  with  superior  performance  specifications  and  the  upgrading  of
existing products toward this same end.

Our  products  are  primarily  based  on  our  own  designs,  which  are  derived  from  our  own  engineering  abilities.  If  our  new  product  engineering  efforts  fall  behind,  our
competitive position weakens. Conversely, effective product development greatly enhances our competitive status.

We have maintained four non-provisional patents related to our legacy 2500B parametric signal generator product line, which was not among the legacy product lines that
have been sold to date. These patents describe advanced synthesis techniques and potentially can be extended for use with the Giga-tronics ASGA system and to a number of
Microsource synthesizer components. Additionally, we filed a provisional U.S. patent relating to the ASGA system in June of 2016 and subsequently filed a non-provisional
application in June of 2017. The patent application describes the internal design of the ASG and ASA along with the architecture of how all the components work together to
facilitate building multi-channel test systems with reduced size, weight and cost as compared to present solutions. The application for the non-provisional patent is currently
pending before the U.S. patent office.

We are not dependent on trademarks, licenses or franchises. We utilize certain software licenses in certain functional aspects for some of our products. Such licenses are
readily available, non-exclusive and are obtained at either no cost or for a relatively small fee.

In  September  2015,  we  entered  into  a  software  development  agreement  with  a  major  aerospace  and  defense  company  whereby  the  aerospace  company  developed  and
licensed  its  simulation  software  to  us.  The  simulation  software  (also  called  Open  Loop  Simulator  or  OLS  technology),  which  is  owned  by  the  aerospace  company  and
licensed to us, allows our ASGA system to coordinate with various third-party hardware elements to generate the signals for testing RADAR/EW equipment. We license the
OLS software as a bundled or integrated solution with our TEmS product. We paid over $1.2 million in connection with the development of this software and, in addition, we
incur a license fee of over $20,000 per system sold that incorporate this software.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Seasonal Nature of Business

Our business is not seasonal.

Working Capital Practices

We generally strive to maintain adequate levels of inventory and we generally sell to customers on 30-day payment terms in the U.S. and generally allow more time for
overseas payments. Typically, we receive payment terms of 30 days from our suppliers. We believe that these practices are consistent with typical industry practices.

Importance of Limited Number of Customers

We are a supplier of RADAR filters for fighter jet aircrafts and RADAR/EW testing solutions to various United States (U.S.) government defense agencies, as well as to
their prime contractors. Management anticipates sales to U.S. government agencies and their prime contractors will remain a significant portion of all of our sale in fiscal
2020. U.S. and international defense-related agencies accounted for 98% of net sales in fiscal 2019 and 93% of net sales in fiscal 2018. Commercial business accounted for
the remaining 2% of net sales in fiscal 2019 and 7% of net sales in fiscal 2018.

At the Giga-tronics Division, U.S. defense agencies and their prime contractors accounted for 90% and 10% of net sales in fiscal 2019 and 76% and 24% of net sales in fiscal
2018, respectively. Microsource reported 100% and 99% of net sales to prime contractors of U.S. defense agencies in fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively.

During  fiscal  2019,  the  Boeing  Company  accounted  for  57%  of  our  consolidated  revenues  and  was  included  in  the  Microsource  reporting  segment. A  second  customer,
Lockheed Martin accounted for 26% of our consolidated revenues during fiscal 2019 and was also included in the Microsource reporting segment.

During  fiscal  2018,  the  Boeing  Company  accounted  for  29%  of  our  consolidated  revenues  and  was  included  in  the  Microsource  reporting  segment. A  second  customer,
CSRA LLC (CSRA acted as prime contractor for the United States Navy) accounted for 17% of our consolidated revenues during fiscal 2018 and was included in the Giga-
tronics Division reporting segment.

We could experience a material adverse effect on our financial stability if there was a significant loss of either our defense or commercial customers.

Both Microsource and our Giga-tronics Division products are largely dependent on U.S. defense spending and budgets and are subject to expansion and contraction between
fiscal year periods. Revenues from Microsource products and services often times span several years with deliveries varying between both interim and annual fiscal year
periods. Additionally, the Giga-tronics Division’s ASGA system is a relatively new product platform with fewer targeted customers and significantly longer sales cycles and
greater average selling prices when compared to its prior general-purpose test & measurement equipment product lines. We therefore expect that a major customer in one
year may not be a major customer in the following year. Accordingly, our net sales and earnings may vary significantly from one period to the next and will decline if we are
unable to find new customers or increase our business with other existing customers to replace declining net sales from the previous year’s major customers.

Backlog of Orders

On March 30, 2019, our backlog of unfilled orders was approximately $6.7 million compared to approximately $11.2 million at March 31, 2018. As of March 30, 2019,
there were approximately $2.2 million of orders scheduled for shipment beyond one year, compared to $3.8 million at March 31, 2018. Orders for our products include
program orders from prime contractors with extended delivery dates. Accordingly, the backlog of orders may vary substantially from year to year and the backlog entering
any single fiscal quarter may not be indicative of sales for any period. In addition, the Company now recognizes revenue for certain contracts as it incurs costs, as opposed to
when units are delivered. This change in fiscal 2019 has resulted in a decrease in backlog as of March 30, 2019 as compared to the legacy method for those contracts in the
prior years.

Backlog includes only those customer orders for which binding agreement exists, a delivery schedule has been agreed upon between us and our customer and, in the case of
U.S. government orders, for which funding has been appropriated.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competition

The Company primarily competes in two different products markets: Microsource’s RADAR filters and Giga-tronics RADAR/EW test systems.

Microsource is a sole source supplier serving the aftermarket for operational hardware associated with the U.S. Government’s RADAR Modernization Program (RMP) for
certain  prior  generation  fighter  jet  aircrafts  (F/A-18E,  F-15D  and  F-16  jets)  to  extend  their  useful  lives.  Our  Microsource  division  supplies  RADAR  filters  specifically
designed  for  military  aircrafts  to  solve  an  interference  problem  created  when  newer,  more  powerful  RADARs  are  installed  on  older  aircrafts.  Over  the  years,  the  prime
contractors responsible for integrating the new RADARs have flight qualified our filters at considerable expense. Only a few other companies possess the technical know-
how  to  design  and  manufacture  filters  of  this  nature,  such  as  Teledyne  and  Micro-Lambda  Wireless,  but  we  believe  the  expense  of  developing  and  requalifying  a  new
component for these aircraft is prohibitive to the point where the prime contractor would only undertake such an effort if major issues were to arise such as, significant
technical deficiencies or if Microsource were unable to deliver products on time.

Microsource has received multiply supplier of the year awards including in April 2019 “The Gold Supplier” award from Boeing, so we believe our sole source position is
secure.

The Giga-tronics Division serves the defense electronics market with a microwave test platform used in the evaluation of military RADAR/EW systems. These applications
represent niche segments within the broader test equipment market. While the niche market segments of RADAR/EW are large enough to be meaningful to Giga-tronics, we
believe they are too small to attract larger competitors, such as Agilent/Keysight, Rohde & Schwarz and National Instruments who, to our knowledge, do not approach these
markets with new dedicated solutions.

We  have  developed  a  unique  HWIL  approach  to  address  the  RADAR/EW  test  requirements  that  are  adaptive/cognitive.  Testing  these  new  RADAR  and  jamming  (i.e.
interference) signals is best solved by a real time, closed loop, dynamic simulation system. We believe our Giga-tronics RADAR/EW solutions present a paradigm shift
providing a closed loop test capability that is currently unavailable elsewhere. Our competitors often have greater resources in research, development and manufacturing and
substantially  broader  product  lines  and  channels.  To  compete,  we  place  strong  emphasis  on  maintaining  a  high  degree  of  technical  competence  as  it  relates  to  the
development of new microwave products, are highly selective in establishing technological objectives and focus sales and marketing activities in the selected niche areas that
are weakly served or underserved by our competitors. Competitors that make alternative equipment to the Giga-tronics Advanced Signal Generation and Analysis (ASGA)
system include ELCOM (a division of Frequency Electronics Inc.), COMSTRON (a division of Cobham Plc) and EWST (a division of Ultra Electronics Plc). Compared to
Giga-tronics, these competitors are of comparable size or have small product divisions with more limited product lines. Two larger companies, Northrop Grumman/Amherst
and Textron/AAI sell open loop test equipment that competes with the Giga-tronics ASGA solutions, albeit at a much higher selling price. We do not believe that either of
these suppliers are in a position to offer an adaptive closed loop testing system due to the analog nature of their systems’ architectures. Compared to our ASGA system, the
test systems from Northrup Grumman and Textron have long delivery schedules, represent expensive capital investments to the customers and typically are shared among a
large number of users generally limiting access to their testing capabilities. Giga-tronics’ ASGA solution can complement these larger test systems by addressing the new
closed loop test requirements for the next generation RADAR/EW devices and by offering smaller, lower cost and more flexible testing solutions that can be delivered more
quickly, which greatly increases a user’s access to systems test capability and reduces the risk of program failure.

Sales and Marketing

Microsource and the Giga-tronics Division sell their products primarily direct to U.S. defense agencies and their prime defense contractors. While the Company primarily
relies on its internal sales teams to identify leads and complete sales, it may engage independent sales representatives who are perceived to have expertise with targeted
markets or customers.  The Company changed its sales approach and sales team in fiscal 2019 and we believe that we are beginning to see the benefits of these changes with
the recent $4.0 million purchase order for our ASGA product platform. 

Product Development

Products  of  the  type  manufactured  by  Giga-tronics  historically  have  had  relatively  long  product  life  cycles.  However,  the  electronics  industry  is  subject  to  rapid
technological  changes  at  the  component  level.  Our  future  success  is  dependent  on  our  ability  to  steadily  incorporate  new  functionality  and  advancements  in  component
technologies into our new products. In fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, product development expenses totaled approximately $1.3 million and $1.8 million, respectively.

Our product development activities have historically been funded internally, through product line sales, or through outside equity investment and debt financing. Product
development activities are expensed as incurred.

We expect to continue to make significant investments in research and development. There can be no assurance that future technologies, processes or product developments
will  not  render  our  current  product  offerings  obsolete  or  that  we  will  be  able  to  develop  and  introduce  new  products  or  enhancements  to  existing  products  that  satisfy
customer needs in a timely manner or achieve market acceptance. Failure to do so could adversely affect our business.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Manufacturing

The Company assembles and tests Microsource and Giga-tronics Division products at its Dublin facility. Microsource develops and manufactures RADAR filters used in
fighter jet aircrafts. Our Giga-tronics Division manufactures a family of functional test products and integrates those test products along with third party hardware and
software to create full test solutions for the RADAR/EW segment of the defense electronics market.

Environment

To the best of our knowledge, we are in compliance with all Federal, state and local laws and regulations involving the protection of the environment.

Employees

As of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, we employed 39 and 43 individuals on a full-time basis, respectively. We believe that our future success depends on our ability
to attract and retain skilled personnel. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we consider our employee relations to be good.

Information about Foreign Operations

We sell to our international customers through a network of foreign technical sales representative organizations. All transactions between us and our international customers
are in U.S. dollars.

Geographic Distribution of Net Sales
(Dollars in thousands)

Domestic
International
Total

Fiscal
2019   
11,054     
94     
11,148    $

Fiscal
2018   
9,058     
742     
9,800     

Fiscal
2019 

99%   
1%   
100%   

Fiscal
2018 

92%
8%
100%

  $

  $

See  Part  II-Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data  –  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  Note  10,  Significant  Customers  and  Industry  Segment
Information for further breakdown of international sales for the last two fiscal years.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

If we do not generate sufficient net cash flow from our operations and if we are unable to raise additional capital as needed, our financial condition would be adversely
affected, we may not to be able to execute our growth strategy and we could become insolvent.

We cannot assure that we will generate cash from operations or other potential sources to fund our future working capital needs.

We incurred net losses of $1.0 million in fiscal 2019, and $3.1 million in fiscal 2018. These losses have contributed to an accumulated deficit of $28.5 million as of March
31, 2019. Beginning in fiscal 2012, we invested primarily in the development of our ASGA product platform for EW test and emulation applications, which we believe
possesses greater long-term opportunities for revenue growth and improved gross margins compared to our previous general-purpose test and measurement product lines, the
substantial majority of which have been sold as of March 31, 2018. Through March 31, 2019, the Company has spent approximately $20 million towards the development
of the ASGA system product platform.  Although we have shipped ASGA system products to several customers, potential delays in the refinement of further features, longer
than anticipated sales cycles, or the ability to generate shipments in significant quantities, could significantly contribute to additional future losses.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
       
       
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The lack of adequate working capital from any inability to generate cash flow from operations or to raise equity or debt financing could force us to discontinue or suspend
product lines, business segments or otherwise substantially curtail or cease operations and would, therefore, have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
Furthermore, we cannot assure that any necessary financing, if available, would be available on attractive terms or that they would not have a significantly dilutive effect on
our  existing  shareholders.  If  our  financial  condition  were  to  worsen  and  we  become  unable  to  attract  additional  equity  or  debt  financing  or  enter  into  other  strategic
transactions, we could become insolvent or be forced to declare bankruptcy, and we would not be able to execute our growth strategy. 

Our recent losses and limited liquidity during most of Fiscal 2019 and prior fiscal years caused us to reduce product development expenditures and headcount.

Our recent losses and limited liquidity caused us to reduce our R&D expenditures and headcount in fiscal 2019 and prior years. This prolonged reduction of R&D spending
caused us to delay the development of certain features of our ASGA product platform. As a result of the Company’s improved operating performance in fiscal 2019, due in
part to the receipt of a $4.0 million ASGA product order in February 2019, the receipt of $2.5 million in gross proceeds from the sale of 6.0% Series E Senior Convertible
Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series E Shares”) between March 2018 and March 2019, and a projected increase in ASGA product sales in fiscal 2020, the Company
anticipates  hiring  additional  R&D  personnel  and  incurring  additional  R&D  expenditures  during  fiscal  2020  compared  to  fiscal  2019. Any  delays  in  the  receipt  of  future
orders for our ASGA or other products would adversely impact our quarterly operating results during the second half of calendar 2020 and subsequent periods.

We face risks related to production delays, delays of customer orders and higher selling price of a new product platform.

Our ASGA product platform has been our primarily product development focus during the past seven years, however, delays in completing its development, together with
early  design  and  manufacturing  issues  and  longer  than  anticipated  sales  cycles  have  contributed  to  our  losses  and  increased  accumulated  deficit  as  of  March  30,  2019.
Additionally,  the  average  selling  price  of  our  new ASGA  products  is  considerably  higher  that  our  prior  general-purpose  test  and  measurement  products,  which  in  turn,
requires additional internal approvals on the part of the purchaser and generally leads to longer sales cycles. Our financial condition may also cause potential customers to
delay, postpone or decide against placing orders for our products. Continued longer than anticipated sales cycles in future fiscal years, or delays in production and shipping
volume quantities, could significantly contribute to additional losses.

Our sales are substantially dependent on the defense industry and a limited number of customers.

All  of  our  current  product  and  service  offerings  are  directed  towards  the  defense  marketplace  which  has  a  limited  number  of  customers.  If  the  defense  market  demand
decreases, actual shipments could be less than projected shipments with a resulting decline in sales. Additionally, the loss of any one customer may have a material adverse
effect on future operating results and financial condition. Our product backlog also has a number of risks and uncertainties such as the cancellation or deferral of orders,
dispute  over  performance  of  our  products  and  our  ability  to  collect  amounts  due  under  these  orders.  If  any  of  these  events  occur,  actual  shipments  could  be  lower  than
projected shipments and revenues could decline which would have an adverse effect on our operating results and liquidity.

Our markets involve rapidly changing technology and standards.

The market for electronics equipment is characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards. We believe that our future success will depend in
part upon our ability to develop and commercialize our existing products, and in part, on our ability to develop, manufacture and successfully introduce new products and
product lines with improved capabilities, and to continue to enhance existing products. There can be no assurance that we will successfully complete the development of
current or future products, or that such products will achieve market acceptance. The inability to develop new products in a timely manner could have a material adverse
impact on our operating performance and liquidity.

Performance problems in our products or problems arising from the use of our products together with other vendors’ products may harm our business and reputation.

Products  as  complex  as  those  we  produce  may  contain  unknown  and  undetected  defects  or  performance  problems.  For  example,  it  is  possible  that  a  product  might  not
comply with stipulated specifications under all circumstances. In addition, our customers generally use our products together with their own products and products from
other vendors. As a result, when problems occur in a combined equipment environment, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. A defect or performance
problem could result in lost revenues, increased warranty costs, diversion of engineering and management time and effort, impaired customer relationships and injury to our
reputation  generally.  To  date,  performance  problems  in  our  products  or  in  other  products  used  together  with  our  products  have  not  had  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business. However, management cannot be certain that a material adverse impact will not occur in the future.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Advanced Signal Generation and Analysis system product platform is complex and could have unknown defects or errors, which may increase our costs, harm our
reputation with customers, give rise to costly litigation, or divert our resources from other purposes.

Our ASGA  system  products  are  extremely  complex.  Despite  testing,  our  initial  products  contained  defects  and  errors  and  may  in  the  future  contain  defects,  errors,  or
performance problems following its sale or when new versions or enhancements are released, or even after these products have been used by our customers for a period of
time. These problems could result in expensive and time-consuming design modifications or warranty charges, delays in the introduction of new products or enhancements,
significant increases in our service and maintenance costs, diversion of our personnel’s attention from our product development efforts, exposure to liability for damages,
damaged  customer  relationships,  and  harm  to  our  reputation,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  increased
development and warranty costs could be substantial and could reduce our operating margins.

Our products contain components produced by suppliers which may be discontinued or no longer available in future periods which could lead to production delays and
adversely impact our operating results and financial condition.

Certain components produced by our suppliers may be discontinued or no longer available to us to produce our products. Such discontinuations would require us to seek
replacement components that may take longer than expected to procure and lead to delays in product sales. To date, procurement of replacement products has not had a
significant adverse impact on our operating results, however, such occurrences in the future may adversely impact our business operations and financial condition.

If we fail to maintain satisfactory compliance with quality certifications and classified processing and control standards, product deliveries may be delayed or cancelled
which would adversely impact our business, operating result and financial condition.

Certain  of  our  customer  contracts  require  that  we  maintain  quality  certifications  and  classified  processing  and  control  standards.  If  we  were  unable  to  maintain  such
certifications and standards, our product shipments may be delayed or cancelled which would cause us to lose business or brand reputation, resulting in a material adverse
effect on our business operating results and financial condition.

Our operating results may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, making it difficult to predict future performance.

Our revenue, expenses and operating results have fluctuated, and may in the future continue to fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors.
Factors  that  may  contribute  to  these  fluctuations  include  our  dependence  on  the  defense  industry  and  a  limited  number  of  customers,  the  nature  and  length  of  our  sales
cycles for our products and services, the duration and delivery schedules within our customer contracts, our ability to timely develop and produce our products, as well as
other factors described elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

There is a limited trading market for our common stock.

Although our common stock trades on the OTCQB Market, the trading volumes are generally low. As a result, there is limited liquidity for our common stock and it could
be more difficult for investors to purchase or sell shares of our common stock compared to other publicly traded companies. In addition, because of the limited volume of
trading in our common stock, a sale of a significant number of shares of our common stock in the open market could cause our stock price to decline significantly.

Our common stock price is volatile.

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  could  be  subject  to  significant  fluctuations  in  response  to  variations  in  quarterly  operating  results,  receipt  or  cancellation  of
significant orders, reduction in revenues or lower earnings or increased losses and reduced levels of liquidity when compared to previous quarterly periods, and other factors
such as announcements of technological innovations or new products by us or by our competitors, government regulations or developments in patent or other proprietary
rights. In addition, the OTCQB Market and other stock markets have experienced significant price fluctuations in recent years. Some of these fluctuations often have been
unrelated  to  the  reported  operating  performance  of  the  specific  companies  whose  stocks  are  traded.  Broad  market  fluctuations,  as  well  as  general  foreign  and  domestic
economic conditions, may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may issue additional shares of common or preferred stock in the future, which could dilute a shareholder’s ownership of common stock.

Our  articles  of  incorporation  authorize  our  board  of  directors,  generally  without  shareholder  approval,  to,  among  other  things,  issue  additional  shares  of  common  or
preferred stock. The issuance of any additional shares of common or preferred stock could be dilutive to a shareholder’s ownership of our common stock. The issuance of
preferred stock could impair the voting, dividend and liquidation rights of common shareholders without their approval. To the extent that we issue options or warrants to
purchase common stock in the future and the options or warrants are exercised, our shareholders may experience further dilution. Holders of shares of our common stock
have  no  preemptive  rights  that  entitle  holders  to  purchase  their  pro  rata  share  of  any  offering  of  shares  of  any  class  or  series  and,  therefore,  shareholders  may  not  be
permitted to invest in future issuances of our common or preferred stock.

We have a significant number of outstanding warrants, options and shares of convertible preferred stock, which may cause significant dilution to our shareholders,
adversely impact the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future equity offerings.

As of March 30, 2019, we had 11,360,511 shares of common stock outstanding. In addition, as of that date we had outstanding warrants to acquire 3,452,000 shares of
common  stock,  options  to  acquire  2,735,000  shares  of  common  stock  and  shares  of  convertible  preferred  stock  convertible  into  an  aggregate  of  11,213,000  shares  of
common stock. The issuance of shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants or options or conversion of preferred stock would dilute the percentage ownership
interest of all holders of our common stock, might dilute the book value per share of our common stock and would increase the number of our publicly traded shares, which
could depress the market price of our common stock.

The  fact  that  our  shareholders,  warrant  holders  and  option  holders  can  sell  substantial  amounts  of  our  common  stock  in  the  public  market,  whether  or  not  sales  have
occurred or are occurring, could make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through the sale of equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price
that we deem reasonable or appropriate, or at all.

Holders of our outstanding preferred stock have rights that are preferential to and may conflict with the rights and interests of holders of our common stock.

As of March 30, 2019, we had 116,934 shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding with aggregate liquidation preferences of $7.2 million. In addition, we must obtain
the approval of the holders of our Series E Shares to complete certain types of transactions. For example, the Certificate of Determination for our Series E Shares prohibits
us from issuing any shares having preferences that are superior to or on parity with our Series E Shares and the Investor Rights Agreement with the holders of our Series E
Shares require that we obtain the approval of holders representing 66.6% of the Series E Shares to incur any additional indebtedness, other than commercial bank debt or
trade debt.

These preferences and restrictions could make it more difficult to raise capital through sales of common stock, a new series of preferred stock or debt without the approval of
the holders of our Series E Shares or other preferred shares, who interests may be different than those of our other shareholders who are not entitled to similar preferences or
approval rights.

Our competition has greater resources.

Several of our competitors including, among others, Agilent/Keysight, Rohde & Schwarz and National Instruments have substantially greater research and development,
manufacturing, marketing, financial, and technological personnel and managerial resources than us. These resources also make these competitors better able to withstand
difficult market conditions than us. There can be no assurance that any products developed by the competitors will not gain greater market acceptance than any developed by
us.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may incur substantial costs enforcing our intellectual property rights or defending against third-party claims as a result of litigation or other proceedings.

In  connection  with  the  potential  enforcement  of  our  own  intellectual  property  rights  or  disputes  related  to  the  validity  or  alleged  infringement  of  third-party  intellectual
property rights, including patent rights, we may in the future be subject to claims, negotiations or complex, protracted litigation. Intellectual property disputes and litigation
may be costly and can be disruptive to our business operations by diverting attention and energies of management and key technical personnel, and by increasing our costs
of doing business. Additionally, we may not prevail in any future litigation and disputes, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are dependent on our management team and development and operations personnel, and the loss of one or more key employees or groups could harm our business
and prevent us from implementing our business plan in a timely manner.

Our success depends substantially upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key members of management. From time to time, there may be changes in
our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives. Such changes in our executive management team may be disruptive to our business.
We  are  also  substantially  dependent  on  the  continued  service  of  our  existing  development  and  operations  personnel  because  of  the  complexity  of  our  service  and
technologies. Staffing due to the loss of one or more of our key employees or groups can be expensive, divert our attention from executing our business plan and could
seriously harm our business. Furthermore, possible shortages of key personnel, including engineers, in the area surrounding our facilities could require us to pay more to hire
and retain key personnel, thereby increasing our costs.

If we experience a significant cybersecurity attack or disruption in our IT systems, our business, reputation, and operating results could be adversely affected.

We rely on an internal IT system monitored by certain internal employees and third-party service providers to maintain our IT systems; maintain financial records; retain
sensitive  data,  such  as  intellectual  property,  proprietary  business  information,  and  data  related  to  customers,  and  suppliers;  process  orders;  manage  inventory;  process
shipments to customers; and operate other critical functions. The ongoing maintenance and security of this information is critical to the classified processing and control
standards that our suppliers require us to maintain and the success of our business operations and our strategic goals.

Despite our implementation of network security measures, our network may be vulnerable to cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, break-ins and similar disruptions. Our
network  security  measures  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  implementation  of  firewalls,  antivirus  protection,  patches,  log  monitors,  routine  backups,  offsite  storage,
network audits, and routine updates and modifications. Despite our efforts to create these security barriers, we may not be able to keep pace as new threats emerge and it is
virtually  impossible  for  us  to  entirely  eliminate  this  risk.  Cybersecurity  attacks  are  evolving  and  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  malicious  software,  attempts  to  gain
unauthorized  access  to  data,  and  other  electronic  security  breaches  that  could  lead  to  disruptions  in  systems,  unauthorized  release  of  confidential  or  otherwise  protected
information  and  corruption  of  data. Any  such  event  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  reputation,  operating  results  and  financial  condition,  and  no
assurance can be given that our efforts to reduce the risk of such attacks will be successful.

In  addition,  our  IT  systems  may  be  susceptible  to  damage,  disruptions  or  shutdowns  due  to  power  outages,  hardware  failures,  telecommunication  failures,  user  errors,
catastrophes or other unforeseen events. Such events could result in the disruption of business processes, network degradation and system downtime, along with the potential
that  a  third  party  will  exploit  our  critical  assets  such  as  intellectual  property,  proprietary  business  information  and  data  related  to  our  customers,  suppliers  and  business
partners. To the extent that such disruptions occur, our customers and suppliers may lose confidence in our solutions and we may lose business or brand reputation, resulting
in a material and adverse effect on our business operating results and financial condition.

Business  interruptions  could  delay  or  prevent  our  business  activities,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Our primary facility and headquarters is located in the San Francisco Bay Area near known earthquake fault zones and is vulnerable to significant damage from earthquakes.
We  are  also  vulnerable  to  other  natural  disasters  and  other  events  that  could  disrupt  our  operations  that  may  be  beyond  our  control.  We  do  not  carry  insurance  for
earthquakes  and  we  may  not  carry  sufficient  business  interruption  insurance  to  compensate  us  for  losses  that  may  occur. Any  losses  or  damages  we  incur  could  have  a
material adverse effect on our operating results, cash flows, and success as an overall business.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal executive offices along with our marketing, sales, and engineering offices and manufacturing facilities are located in a 23,873 square foot facility in Dublin,
California, which we leased on January 5, 2017 and began occupying in April 2017 under a lease agreement which expires in March 2023. We previously occupied a 47,300
square foot facility in nearby San Ramon, California under a lease agreement which expired on April 30, 2017.

We added a second engineering office located in a 1,200 square foot facility in Nashua, New Hampshire, which we leased on February 1, 2019 under a lease agreement
which expires on January 31, 2022.

We believe that our Dublin and New Hampshire facilities are adequate for our business activities.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

As of March 30, 2019, the Company had no material pending legal proceedings.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER REPURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Common Stock Market Prices

Our common stock is traded on the OTCQB market using the symbol “GIGA”. The number of record holders of our common stock as of March 30, 2019 was approximately
114. A  significantly  larger  number  of  shareholders  may  be  "street  name"  or  beneficial  holders,  whose  shares  of  record  are  held  by  banks,  brokers  and  other  financial
institutions. The table below shows the high and low closing bid quotations for the common stock during the indicated fiscal periods. These quotations reflect inter-dealer
prices without mark-ups, mark-downs, or commission and may not reflect actual transactions.

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Fiscal Quarter
2019  

(4/01 - 6/30)  $
(7/01 - 9/29) 
(9/30 - 12/29) 
(12/30 - 3/30) 

  $

High 
0.35 
0.46 
0.35 
0.45 

Fiscal Quarter
2018  

Low  
0.23 
(3/26 - 6/24)  $
(6/25 - 9/30)   
0.30 
0.23  (10/01 - 12/30)   
(12/31 - 3/31)   
0.24 

High   
0.90    $
0.89     
0.85     
0.42     

Low  
0.73 
0.58 
0.37 
0.26 

We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock in the past and have no current plans to do so in the future, believing our available capital is best used to fund our
operations, including product development and enhancements. In addition, in the absence of positive retained earnings, California law permits payment of cash dividends on
our common stock only to the extent total assets exceed the sum of total liabilities and the liquidation preference amounts of preferred securities. At March 30, 2019, the
Company’s  assets  were  less  than  this  sum  by  $5.4  million.  Our  shares  of  Series  E  preferred  stock  provide  for  semi-annual  6%  cumulative  cash  dividends  based  on  the
original purchase price of $25.00 per share, however we may exercise our right to pay any such dividends in shares of our common stock instead of cash.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information on options and other equity rights outstanding and available under the Company equity compensation plans at March 30, 2019.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

No. of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options
(a)

Weighted
average
exercise price
of outstanding
options
(b)

No. of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans
(excluding
securities
reflected in
column (a))
(c)

2,334,700    $
400,000     
2,734,700    $

0.42     
0.33     
0.41     

1,686,000 
- 
1,686,000 

Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (2)
Total

(1) Does not include warrants issued to purchasers of units consisting of stock and warrants in private placements or to lenders in connection with debt financing.
Includes nonqualified options for 299,750 shares repriced from $1.64, $1.42 and $1.65 per share to $0.33 per share, the closing market price on the effective date.
Does not include warrants to purchase 287,750 shares of common stock at the price of $0.25 per share issued to a placement agent for services in connection with
a private placement.

(2) Reflects a special grant of nonqualified options for 400,000 shares of common stock in consideration of employment of an employee and officer. The exercise

price is $0.33 per share and the vesting schedule is also 25% after one year and 1/48th of the original grant each month thereafter.

Issuer Repurchases

We did not repurchase any of our equity securities during the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On September 21, 2018, the Company issued and sold 1,260 additional Series E Shares to approximately three accredited investors in a private placement pursuant to a
Securities Purchase Agreement. The purchase price for each Series E Share was $25.00, resulting in total gross proceeds of $31,500. Emerging Growth Equities, Ltd. served
as the Company’s exclusive placement agent in connection with the private placement. Fees payable to Emerging Growth Equities, Ltd. at completion of the transaction
were 2.5% of gross proceeds, plus warrants to purchase 2.5% of the number of common shares into which the Series E shares can be converted (100 common shares) at an
exercise price of $0.25 per share, or 126,000 shares of common stock.

On September 28, 2018, the Company issued and sold 400 additional Series E Shares to one accredited investor in a private placement pursuant to a Securities Purchase
Agreement. The purchase price for each Series E Share was $25.00, resulting in total gross proceeds of $10,000. Emerging Growth Equities, Ltd. served as the Company’s
exclusive placement agent in connection with the private placement. Fees payable to Emerging Growth Equities, Ltd. at completion of the transaction were 2.5% of gross
proceeds, plus warrants to purchase 2.5% of the number of common shares into which the Series E shares can be converted (100 common shares) at an exercise price of
$0.25 per share, or 40,000 shares of common stock.

15

 
 
 
 
     
     
 
       
 
 
     
     
 
   
 
 
     
     
 
   
 
 
     
     
 
   
 
 
     
     
 
   
 
 
     
     
 
   
 
 
     
     
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the six-month period beginning September 30, 2018 and ending March 30, 2019, the Company sold an aggregate of 30,000 additional Series E Shares in a private
placement to nine accredited investors at the price of $25.00 per share for gross proceeds of $750,000. Each Series E share is convertible into shares of common stock at a
price  of  $0.25  per  share  (i.e.,  100  shares  of  common  stock  per  share  of  Series  E)  at  the  option  of  the  holder.  Emerging  Growth  Equities,  Ltd.  served  as  the  Company’s
exclusive placement agent in connection with the private placement. Fees payable to Emerging Growth Equities, Ltd. at completion of the transactions were 5% of gross
proceeds. The following table provides additional information about these sales.

Date
November 21, 2018
November 30, 2018
December 7, 2018
December 28, 2018
January 23, 2019
February 7, 2019
February 8, 2019
March 6, 2019

Number of

Series E Shares Sold    

Gross Proceeds

Placement Agent
Compensation Fees

Warrants to
Purchase Common
Stock

2,000    $
5,400    $
1,400    $
1,600    $
600    $
7,400    $
2,000    $
9,600    $

50,000    $
135,000    $
35,000    $
40,000    $
15,000    $
185,000    $
50,000    $
240,000    $

2,500     
6,750     
1,750     
2,000     
750     
9,250     
2,500     
12,000     

200,000 
540,000 
140,000 
160,000 
60,000 
740,000 
200,000 
960,000 

The Company issued the foregoing securities in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 based on the fact that the sales
were made to a limited number of accredited investors in a private placement. The Company expects to use the proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Pursuant to Item 301(c) of Regulation S-K, the Company, as a smaller reporting company, is not required to provide the information required by this item.

16

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITIONS AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview and Refocusing of Giga-tronics

We manufacture specialized electronics equipment for use in both military test and airborne operational applications. Our operations consist of two business segments, those
of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Microsource, and those of our Giga-tronics Division.

● Microsource’s primary business is the design of custom Microwave Integrated Components (“MIC”) as well as the production of MIC components using chip and
wire  assembly  methods.  Our  Microsource  Division  offers  a  line  of  tunable,  synthesized  Band  Reject  Filters  (BRF)  for  solving  interference  problems  in
RADAR/EW applications. Self-protection systems onboard high performance military aircraft often require RADAR filters to block electromagnetic interference
generated  by  other  onboard  electronic  systems,  particularly  the  aircraft’s  main  RADAR.  Microsource’s  high-speed,  tunable  notch  filters  can  quickly  block
interference from both continuous wave and wide bandwidth emissions. Using proprietary driver and phase lock technology, these filters offer tuning speeds that
are  up  to  ten  times  faster  than  traditional  filter  designs.  We  design  these  filters  specifically  for  each  application.  Microsource  customers  are  primarily  prime
contractors for whom we develop and manufacture aftermarket RADAR filters used in military fighter jet aircraft.

●

The Giga-tronics Division designs, manufactures and markets a family of functional test products for the RADAR and Electronic Warfare (RADAR/EW) segment
of  the  defense  electronics  market.  Our  RADAR/EW  test  products  are  used  to  evaluate  and  improve  the  performance  of  RADAR/EW  systems.  Giga-tronics
Division customers include major prime defense contractors, the armed services (primarily in the U.S.) and research institutes. The Company believes its newer
RADAR/EW test products represent a greater long-term opportunity for sales growth and improved gross margins compared to its legacy test and measurement
equipment product lines, the majority of which have been divested in recent years.

Microsource’s revenues have grown as prime contractors began upgrading additional aircraft. Initially Microsource supplied filters for one fighter jet, the F/A-18E. During
our 2014 fiscal year, the prime contractor added a second aircraft, the F-15. Additionally, during our 2017 fiscal year, a second prime contractor added a third aircraft, the F-
16. As a result, Microsource’s revenue has climbed to over $9.0 million during our 2019 fiscal year, which ended March 30, 2019. Microsource is a sole-source supplier of
filters for the three fighter jets and we expect that the business will continue to be a significant source of our future revenue.

The Company believes that customer spending for EW systems, including test and emulation, will grow in future years due to more complex RADAR signals and foreign
investment in new technology, which will require customers to have greater access to more sophisticated test and emulation equipment.

The Company believes it can become a leading supplier of solutions for evaluating RADAR and EW systems due to the investment the Company has made since 2012 in its
ASGA  functional  test  platform.  The  same  digital  technology  that  has  revolutionized  commercial  communications  and  automotive  electronics  is  now  being  applied  to
advanced RADAR and EW systems. This shift in technology limits the effectiveness of currently available test solutions due to the inability of these solutions to properly
stimulate and actively interact with the RADAR and EW systems being tested. The Giga-tronics ASGA platform, however, does have the needed sophisticated control and
real-time  behavior  built  into  the  fabric  of  its  architecture.  This  architecture  allows  for  delivering  test  solutions  with  real  time  responses  and  closed  loop  behavior  not
available from any competitor.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Significant Orders

Both Microsource and the Giga-tronics Division have historically received large customer orders periodically. The timing of orders is sporadic and difficult to predict, and
any achievement of associated milestones, can cause significant differences in orders received, backlog, sales, deferred revenue, inventory and cash flow when comparing
one fiscal period to another. Below is a review of recently received significant orders:

Microsource

In fiscal 2015, Microsource received a $6.5 million order for non-recurring engineering (“NRE”) services and for delivery of a limited number of flight-qualified prototype
hardware from a prime defense contractor to develop a variant of our high performance, fast tuning YIG RADAR filters for a fighter jet aircraft platform. In fiscal 2016 our
Microsource  business  unit  finalized  an  associated  multiyear  $10.0  million  YIG  production  order  (“YIG  Production  Order”).  The  Company  started  shipping  the  YIG
Production Order in the second quarter of fiscal 2017 and anticipates shipping the remainder through fiscal 2020.  

In July 2016, Microsource received a $1.9 million non-recurring engineering services order associated with redesigning a component of its high performance YIG filter used
on a fighter jet aircraft platform. Of this NRE service order, we delivered services of approximately $884,000 and $816,000 in fiscal years 2017 and 2018, respectively, and
completed delivery of the remaining services during fiscal 2019.

In September 2017, Microsource received a $4.8 million order for continuing the YIG RADAR filter for a fighter jet platform. The Company began initial shipments of
these filters in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018 and recognized revenue on the majority of the order in fiscal 2019.

In February 2018, Microsource received a $1.6 million YIG RADAR filter order from one of our customers. The Company recognized $1.1 million of revenue in fiscal 2019
and expects to recognize the remainder of revenue in fiscal 2020.

In November 2018, Microsource received a $4.5 million YIG RADAR filter order from one of our customers.  The Company recognized $1.1 million of revenue in fiscal
2019 and expects to recognize the majority of the remaining revenue in fiscal year 2020.

Giga-tronics Division

In February 2019,  the  Giga-tronics  Division  received  a  $4.0  million  order  from  the  United  States  Navy  for  our  Real-Time  Threat  Emulation  System  (TEmS)  which  is  a
combination  of  the Advanced  Signal  Generator  Hardware  platform,  along  with  software  developed  and  licensed  to  the  Company  from  a  major  aerospace  and  defense
company. The order is comprised of two TEmS units of equal value along with approximately $671,000 of engineering services to support and upgrade currently installed
systems. The Company fulfilled the first TEmS unit order in the March 2019 quarter, the Company’s fourth quarter of fiscal 2019. The second TEmS unit order was fulfilled
during the June 2019 quarter, the Company’s first quarter of fiscal 2020. The engineering services are expected to occur during the next twelve months.

Results of Operations

New orders by reporting segment are as follows for the fiscal years ended: 

New Orders

(Dollars in thousands)
ASGA Products
Legacy Products
Giga-tronics Division
Microsource
Total

  $

  $

  $

2019   
3,935    $
165     
4,100    $
5,327     
9,427    $

2018    
1,813    $
238     
2,051    $
7,550     
9,601    $

2017    
4,803     
2,724     
7,527     
7,567     
15,094     

% change

2019
vs.
2018  

117%    
(31)%   
100%    
(29)%   
(2)%   

2018
vs.
2017  

(62)%
(91)%
(73)%
(0.2)%
(36)%

Total new orders received in fiscal 2019 were $9.4 million which was consistent with the $9.6 million received in fiscal 2018. Although the new orders were consistent year
over year, the product mix of new orders of higher Giga-tronics Division product orders ($2.0 million or 99%) was due mainly to the Company’s recent receipt in February
2019 of its $4.0 million ASGA product order from the U.S. Navy. The Microsource business unit saw a $2.2 million or 29% decrease in fiscal 2019 primarily due to the
impact of the timing of large, multi-year RADAR filter production orders. The timing of receipt of expected large RADAR filter contracts varies from period to period.

Total new orders received in fiscal 2018 were $9.6 million which was $5.5 million or 36% lower than the $15.1 million received in fiscal 2017. The decrease was primarily
the result of lower Giga-tronics Division product orders ($5.5 million or 73%) due mainly to the Company’s recent divestures of legacy test and measurement product lines
and a decrease in ASGA product orders of $3.0 million due to a longer than anticipated sales cycle.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
       
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
The following table shows order backlog and related information at fiscal year-end:

Backlog

(Dollars in thousands)

ASGA Products
Legacy Products
Giga-tronics Division
Microsource
Backlog of unfilled orders
ASGA Products
Legacy Products
Giga-tronics Division
Microsource
Backlog of unfilled orders shippable within one year

ASGA Products
Legacy Products
Giga-tronics Division
Microsource
Backlog of unfilled orders shippable after one year

  $

  $

  $

  $

2019    
2,195    $
47     
2,242     
4,446     
6,688    $
2,195     
47     
2,242     
2,239     
4,481    $
—     
—     
—     
2,207     
2,207    $

2018

2017

20    $
57     
77     
11,088     
11,165    $
20     
57     
77     
7,342     
7,419    $
—     
—     
—     
3,746     
3,746    $

562     
201     
763     
10,601     
11,364     
562     
201     
763     
4,917     
5,680     
—   
—     
—     
5,684     
5,684     

% change

2019
vs. 
2018 
10875%    
(18)%   
2811%    
(60)%   
(40)%   
10875%    
(18)%   
2811%    
(70)%   
(40)%   
— 
— 
— 
(41)%   
(41)%   

2018
vs. 
2017  

(96)%
(72)%
(90)%
4.6%
(1.8)%
(96)%
(72)%
(90)%
49%
31%
— 
— 
— 
(34)%
(34)%

Backlog at the end of fiscal 2019 versus the prior year decreased by 40% primarily due to the impact of the adoption of ASC 606 on April 1, 2018. The Giga-tronics ASGA
backlog at March 30, 2019 compared to March 31, 2018 increased $2.2 million primarily due to a large U.S. Navy order received in fiscal 2019.

Backlog at the end of fiscal 2018 decreased by $199,000 or 1.8% compared to the end of fiscal 2017. The decrease in backlog was primarily due to a longer than anticipated
sales cycle for ASGA products for the Giga-tronics Division offset by an increase in RADAR filter products for Microsource.

The allocation of net sales by reporting segment was as follows for the fiscal years shown:

Allocation of Net Sales

(Dollars in thousands)
ASGA Sales
Legacy Product Sales

Giga-tronics Division
Microsource
Total

  $

  $

  $

2019    
1,760    $
175     
1,935    $
9,213     
11,148    $

2018   
2,205    $
532     
2,737    $
7,063     
9,800    $

2017   
5,286     
2,735     
8,021     
8,246     
16,267     

% change

2019
vs. 
2018  

(20)%   
(67)%   
(29)%   
30%    
14%    

2018
vs. 
2017  

(58)%
(81)%
(66)%
(14)%
(40)%

Net sales for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 were $11.1 million, an increase of 14%, compared to $9.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018. The majority
of the sales increase in fiscal 2019 was attributable to Microsource which was higher by $2.2 million or 30% partially offset by a $445,000 or 20% decrease in ASGA sales,
and  a  $357,000  or  67%  decrease  in  legacy  product  sales  due  to  the  Company’s  recent  legacy  product  line  divestitures.  The  increase  in  net  sales  for  Microsource  was
primarily  due  to  higher  RADAR  filters  product  including  the  impact  of  the  adoption  of ASC  606,  which  was  significantly  offset  by  the  lower  sales  of  our  Giga-tronics
Division  sales  compared  to  the  prior  year.  Effective  April  1,  2018,  the  Company  adopted  the  required  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  2014-09,  Revenue  from
Contracts with Customers, as amended (commonly referred to as ASC 606), which changed the way the Company recognizes revenue for certain contracts.

Net sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 were $9.8 million, a decrease of 40%, compared to $16.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 25, 2017. The majority
of the sales decrease in fiscal 2018 was attributable to the Giga-tronics Division which was lower by $5.3 million or 66% primarily due to a $3.1 million or 58% decrease in
ASGA product sales due to longer than anticipated sales cycles and, in part, by the Company’s reduced focus on selling complete EW test solutions in fiscal 2018, and a $2.2
million or 81% decrease in legacy product sales due to the Company’s recent legacy product line divestitures. Microsource sales decreased in fiscal 2018 by $1.2 million or
14% compared to fiscal 2017 due to lower scheduled RADAR filter shipments in fiscal 2018 and the completion of certain related nonrecurring engineering (NRE) services
in fiscal 2017.

19

 
 
 
     
       
       
   
 
 
     
       
       
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
   
      
      
    
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
The allocation of gross profit by reporting segment was as follows for the fiscal years shown:

Gross Profit

(Dollars in thousands)
Giga-tronics Division
Microsource
Total

  $

  $

2019    
1,097    $
3,626     
4,723    $

2018    

(12)   $
2,748     
2,736    $

2017    
1,512     
3,039     
4,551     

% change

2019
vs. 
2018 
9242%   
32%   
73%   

2018
vs. 
2017 
(101)%
(10)%
(40)%

Gross profit increased in fiscal 2019 to $4.7 million from $2.7 million for fiscal 2018. The higher gross profit was primarily due to a decrease in cost of sales of 9% and an
increase in sales of 14%.

Overall gross profit decreased in fiscal 2018 to $2.7 million from $4.6 million for fiscal 2017. Gross profit in fiscal 2018 was negatively impacted by the higher cost of
ASGA product line sales in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017 due to the costs related to rework, and refinement of features, the adverse impact of fixed manufacturing
overhead  upon  lower  production  volume  in  fiscal  2018  and  the  increase  in  non-cash  charges  associated  with  the  impact  of  a  change  in  estimate  of  capitalized  software
development costs and amortizing the remaining cost thereof during fiscal 2018.

Operating expenses were as follows for the fiscal years shown:

Operating Expenses

(Dollars in thousands)
Engineering
Selling, general and administrative
Total

  $

  $

2019    
1,304    $
3,707     
5,011    $

2018    
1,794    $
4,076     
5,870    $

2017   
2,254     
4,641     
6,895     

% change

2019
vs.
2018  

(27)%   
(9)%   
(15)%   

2018
vs.
2017  

(20)%
(12)%
(15)%

Operating expenses decreased 15% or $859,000 in fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018. Engineering expenses decreased $490,000 during fiscal 2019 when compared to
fiscal  2018  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  personnel  related  expenses  due  to  lower  headcount.  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  9%  or  $369,000
primarily due to a decrease in headcount and personnel related expenses, and a decrease in bonuses and commissions.

Operating expenses decreased 15% or $1.0 million in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. Engineering expenses decreased $460,000 during fiscal 2018 when compared to
fiscal 2017 primarily due to a decrease in personnel related expenses due to lower headcount. Engineering expenses were also lower in fiscal 2018 due to certain engineers
having been assigned to a Microsource nonrecurring engineering project that is recorded as cost of sales. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 12% or
$565,000 primarily due to a decrease in headcount and personnel related expenses, a decrease in outside services related to management consulting, a decrease in bonuses
and commissions as a result of the sale of the legacy products to Astronics and Spanawave, and lower lease and facilities costs as a result of the Company’s relocation to a
smaller facility in Dublin, California during May 2017.

Our recent losses and limited liquidity caused us to reduce our R&D expenditures and headcount in fiscal 2019 and prior years. With the Company’s improved operating
performance  in  fiscal  2019  and  a  projected  increase  in  ASGA  product  sales  in  fiscal  2020,  the  Company  anticipates  hiring  additional  R&D  personnel  and  incurring
additional R&D expenditures during fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019.

Net Interest Expense

Net  interest  expense  in  fiscal  2019  was  $713,000  an  increase  of  $252,000  over  fiscal  2018.  Interest  expense  increased  primarily  due  to  the  loan  modification  with  PFG
effective March 26, 2018, as well as additional interest accrued as a result of the Company’s issuance of Series E Shares in March of 2018 and throughout fiscal 2019. For
fiscal 2019, interest expense includes $223,000 of accretion of discounts on the PFG loan compared to $127,000 recorded in fiscal 2018.

Net  interest  expense  in  fiscal  2018  was  $461,000  an  increase  of  $328,000  over  fiscal  2017.  The  increased  net  interest  expense  in  fiscal  2018  was  primarily  due  to  the
additional interest as a result of non-compliance with certain covenants on the PFG loan and higher loan balances in fiscal 2018.

20

 
 
 
   
      
      
    
 
 
   
      
      
    
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
   
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Loss

Net loss was $1.0 million in fiscal 2019, compared to a net loss of $3.1 million in fiscal 2018. The decrease in net loss for fiscal 2019 was primarily due to significantly
improved gross margins of 42% in fiscal 2019 compared to 28% in fiscal 2018 due to the change in revenue mix described above (including the impact of the adoption of
ASC 606) as well as a decrease in operating expenses of 15% or $859,000 in fiscal 2019 over fiscal 2018. Engineering expenses decreased primarily due to a decrease in
personnel  related  expenses  due  to  lower  headcount.  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  primarily  due  a  decrease  in  headcount  and  personnel  related
expenses as well as a decrease in bonuses and commissions.

Net loss was $3.1 million in fiscal 2018, compared to a net loss of $1.5 million in fiscal 2017. The higher net loss recorded in fiscal 2018 was primarily due to decreased
revenues as well as increases in cost of sales due to the impact of the change in estimate related to capitalized software development costs and interest expense discussed
above. Net loss was also higher due to an $802,000 gain associated with the sale of the Switch product line in the first quarter of fiscal 2017.

Net Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:

Net Inventories   

(Dollars in thousands)
Raw materials
Work-in-progress
Finished goods
Demonstration inventory
Total

  March 30, 2019     March 31, 2018     March 25, 2017    
  $

759    $
1,523     
57     
395     
2,734    $

2,290    $
2,100     
561     
536     
5,487    $

1,775     
2,155     
473     
408     
4,811     

  $

% change

2019
vs. 
2018 

(67)%   
(27)%   
(90)%   
(26)%   
(50)%   

2018
vs. 
2017  

29%
(3)%
19%
31%
14%

Net inventories decreased by $2.8 million at March 30, 2019 compared to March 31, 2018. The decrease was primarily the result of the impact of the adoption of ASC 606
as well as lower inventory due to the timing of RADAR filter production, the shipment of an ASGA system, and lower demonstration inventory.

Net inventories increased by $676,000 at March 25, 2018 compared to March 25, 2017. The increase was primarily the result of higher raw materials inventory due to the
timing of RADAR filter production, and increased demonstration inventory to support ASGA sales efforts.

Financial Condition and Liquidity

Cash and cash equivalents
Total current assets
Total current liabilities
Working capital
Current ratio

Fiscal Year Ended
  March 30, 2019     March 31, 2018  
1,485 
878    $
  $
7,423 
5,534     
7,809 
3,913     
(386)
1,621    $
0.95 
1.41     

  $

As of March 30, 2019, Giga-tronics had $878,000 in cash and cash equivalents, compared to $1.5 million as of March 31, 2018. The Company had positive working capital
of $1.6 million at March 30, 2019 compared to negative working capital of ($386,000) at March 31, 2018. The current ratio (current assets divided by current liabilities) at
March 30, 2019 was 1.41 compared to 0.95 at March 31, 2018. The increase in working capital was primarily due to the acceleration of revenue of $671,000, and an increase
in prepaids and other current assets of $1.3 million, offset by  a  decrease  in  deferred  revenue  of  $3.4  million,  and  a  decrease  in  inventories  of  $2.8  million,  all  of  which
resulted from the adoption of ASC 606 during fiscal 2019. 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
      
      
    
 
 
   
      
      
    
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
Cash Flows

The following summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated has been derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this filing:

Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Fiscal Year Ended
  March 30, 2019     March 31, 2018  
(1,617)
  $
(688)
2,369 

(1,307)   $
-     
700    $

  $

We experienced negative cash flows from operating activities for fiscal years 2019 and 2018 due primarily to operating results.

Cash used by operating activities during the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 of $1.3 million was primarily attributable to our net loss, and changes in our working capital
accounts,  partially  offset  by  other  non-cash  charges  of  $264,000  for  depreciation  and  amortization  and  $245,000  for  share-based  compensation.  Cash  flow  from  our
operating assets and liabilities decreased by $1.2 million as a result of decreased inventories of $1.2 million, a $133,000 increase in accrued payroll and benefits, a $807,000
decrease in deferred revenue, a $1.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a $204,000 increase in accounts receivable, a decrease in accounts payable
of $249,000, and a $20,000 decrease in other accrued liabilities.

Cash used by operating activities during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 of $1.6 million was primarily attributable to our net loss of $3.1 million and a gain on the sale
of a product line of $324,000, offset by non-cash charges of $1.1 million for depreciation and amortization, $251,000 for share-based compensation and a $487,000 increase
in deferred rent. Cash flow from our operating assets and liabilities decreased by $83,000 primarily as a result of increased inventories of $676,000, a decrease in accrued
payroll and benefits and deferred revenue of $240,000 each, and a $111,000 decrease in accounts payable, offset by a $590,000 decrease in accounts receivable, a $365,000
decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets and a $229,000 increase in other current liabilities.

We expect that cash flows from operating activities will fluctuate in future periods due to a number of factors including our sales, which fluctuate significantly from one
period to another due to the timing of receipt of contracts, operating results, amounts of non-cash charges, and the timing of our billings, collections and disbursements.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 was zero.

Cash used in investing activities for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was $688,000 as a result of leasehold improvements in connection with the Company’s facility
relocation to Dublin, California.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019 was $700,000, primarily due to net proceeds of $1.2 million from the Company’s issuance of
Series E Shares as well as proceeds from the exercise of warrants of $112,000, partially offset by a $552,000 decrease in our line of credit and a $52,000 decrease in our
capital lease.

Cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was $2.4 million, primarily due to net proceeds of $1.5 million from a new term loan with
PFG and net proceeds of $1.0 million from the Company’s issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock.

22

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources

The Company incurred a net loss of $1.0 million and $3.1 million in fiscal years 2019 and 2018, respectively. These losses have contributed to an accumulated deficit of
$28.5  million  as  of  March  30,  2019.  The  Company  has  also  experienced  delays  in  the  development  or  refinement  of  features,  receipt  of  orders,  and  shipments  for  our
RADAR/EW test system products. These delays have contributed, in part, to the losses and decreases in working capital.

The  RADAR/EW  test  system  products  have  shipped  to  several  customers,  but  potential  delays  in  the  development  of  features,  longer  than  anticipated  sales  cycles,  or
uncertainty as to the Company’s ability to efficiently manufacture our EW test system products, could significantly contribute to additional future losses and decreases in
working capital. 

To help fund operations, we rely on advances under the line of credit with Western Alliance Bank (formerly Bridge Bank). On March 11, 2019, the Company entered into an
Amended  and  Restated  Business  Financing Agreement  (the  “Restated  Financing Agreement”)  with  Western Alliance  Bank.  The  Restated  Financing Agreement  amends,
restates  and  replaces  the  Company’s  Business  Financing Agreement  with  Western Alliance  Bank  (doing  business  as  Bridge  Bank)  dated  May  6,  2015  (as  previously
amended, the “Previous Financing Agreement”) in its entirety.

Under  the  Restated  Financing Agreement,  Western Alliance  Bank  may  advance  up  to  85%  of  the  amounts  of  invoices  issued  by  the  Company,  up  to  a  maximum  of
$2,500,000 in aggregate advances outstanding at any time. The Restated Financing Agreement eliminates a $500,000 non-formula borrowing base and an asset coverage
ratio  financial  covenant  (see  Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,  –  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  Note  5, Accounts  Receivable  Credit
Line).

As  of  March  30,  2019  and  March  31,  2018,  the  Company’s  total  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Western  Alliance  Bank  line  of  credit  were  zero  and  $552,000,
respectively.

During April 2017, we entered into a $1.5 million loan agreement with Partners For Growth, V L.P. (“PFG”) to provide additional cash to fund our operations. As a result of
experiencing continued delays in receiving RADAR/EW test system product orders in fiscal 2018, we were unable to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants
required by the PFG loan and, as a result, were subject to a default interest rate between June 2017 and March 2018. On March 26, 2018, and concurrent with the execution
of certain stock purchase agreements for the sale of new Series E Convertible Preferred Stock and conditional upon the sale of at least $1.0 million in gross proceeds thereof,
the  Company  and  PFG  entered  into  a  modification  agreement  which  provided  for  the  restructuring  of  certain  terms  of  the  PFG  loan  including  resetting  of  the  financial
covenants  for  the  remaining  loan  term  (see  Item  8.  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  Note  6,  Term  Loan  and
Warrants).

In order to raise additional working capital and to restructure the PFG loan, on March 26, 2018, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement for the sale of
43,800 shares of a newly designated series of 6.0% Series E Senior Convertible Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock to approximately 15 private investors. The purchase price
for each Series E Share was $25.00. Gross proceeds received by the Company were approximately $1.095 million (the “Private Placement”). Net proceeds to the Company
after fees and expenses of the Private Placement was approximately $1.0 million. Each Series E Share is initially convertible at the option of the holder at the purchase price
of $0.25 per share of common stock, which is 100 shares of the Company’s common stock per each Series E Share (see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data, Note 19, Preferred Stock – Series E Senior Convertible Voting Preferred Stock).

In December 2018, the Company and PFG entered into an additional modification agreement which conditionally extended the maturity date of the loan from April 27, 2019
to November 1, 2019, required the Company to pay all accrued interest on May 1, 2019 and requires the Company to make monthly prepayments of principal of $75,000 and
accrued interest beginning on May 1, 2019 until maturity. The effectiveness of the modification was conditioned on the Company raising $500,000 in additional capital. As
of March 30, 2019, the Company had satisfied this condition.

On March 11, 2019, the Company and PFG agreed to further modify the 2017 Loan Agreement to extend the maturity date to March 1, 2020 and add financial covenants
requiring the Company to maintain a minimum tangible net worth and minimum revenues described in the modified 2017 Loan Agreement (see Item 8. Financial Statements
and Supplementary Data, Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Note 6, Term Loan and Warrants).

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In order to raise additional working capital for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019, the Company issued an additional 56,200 Series E shares to both new and existing
investors  at  a  purchase  price  of  $25.00  per  share  for  total  gross  proceeds  of  $1,405,000.  Each  Series  E  Share  is  initially  convertible  (at  the  option  of  the  holder)  at  a
conversion  price  of  $0.25  per  share  of  common  stock,  representing  100  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  per  each  Series  E  Share. As  of  March  30,  2019,  1,600
issued Series E Shares were converted at the option of the holders and the Company has issued an aggregate of 160,000 shares of common stock upon conversion (see Item
8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 17, Preferred Stock and Warrants – Series E Senior Convertible Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock).

Additionally, to assist with the upfront purchases of inventory required for future product deliveries, the Company entered into advance payment arrangements with certain
customers, whereby the customers reimburse the Company for raw material purchases prior to the shipment of the finished products. The Company will continue to seek
similar terms in future agreements with these customers and other customers.

Management will continue to review all aspects of its business including, but not limited to, the contribution of its individual business segments in an effort to improve cash
flow  and  reduce  costs  and  expenses,  while  continuing  to  invest,  to  the  extent  possible,  in  new  product  development  for  future  revenue  streams.  Management  will  also
continue seeking additional working capital and liquidity through debt (including debt refinancing), or equity financings.

Management believes that through the actions to date and possible future actions described above, we should have the necessary liquidity to continue operations at least
twelve months from the issuance of the financial statements.

Contractual Obligations

We lease our Dublin, California facility under an operating lease agreement which expires in March 2023. We also lease certain equipment under operating leases. Total
future minimum lease payments under these leases amount to approximately $2.1 million, of which $450,000 is scheduled to be paid in fiscal 2020.

We lease our Nashua, New Hampshire facility under an operating lease agreement which expires January 31, 2022. Total future minimum lease payments under this lease
amount to $49,500, of which $18,000 is scheduled to be paid in fiscal 2020.

We lease equipment under capital leases that expire through September 2020. The future minimum lease payments under these leases are approximately $69,000.

We are committed to purchase certain inventory under non-cancelable purchase orders. As of March 30, 2019, total non– cancelable purchase orders were approximately
$1,260,000 and are scheduled to be delivered to the Company at various dates through March 2020.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and the results of operations are based upon the consolidated financial statements included in this report and the data
used to prepare them. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
and management is required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions in the course of such preparation. The Summary of Significant Accounting Policies included
with the consolidated financial statements describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. On an
ongoing basis, we re-evaluate our judgments, estimates and assumptions. We base our judgment and estimates on historical experience, knowledge of current conditions,
and our beliefs of what could occur in the future considering available information. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We have identified the following as our critical accounting policies:

Revenue Recognition

Beginning April 1, 2018, the Company follows the provisions of ASU 2014-09 as subsequently amended by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) between
2015 and 2017 and collectively known as ASC Topic 606,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). Amounts for prior periods are not adjusted and continue
to be reported in accordance with the Company’s prior historic accounting practices. The guidance provides a unified model to determine how revenue is recognized. In
addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  determining  the  appropriate  amount  of  revenue  to  be  recognized  as  we  fulfill  our  obligations  under  our  agreements,  we  perform  the  following  steps:  (i)  identify  the
promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determine whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations including whether they are distinct in the
context of the contract; (iii) measure the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations
based on estimated selling prices; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy each performance obligation.

We generate revenue through the design, manufacture, and sale of products used in the defense industry to major prime defense contractors, the armed services (primarily in
the U.S.) and research institutes. There is generally one performance obligation in our contracts with our customers. For highly engineered products, the customer typically
controls the work in process as evidenced either by contractual termination clauses or by our right to payment for costs incurred to date plus a reasonable profit for products
or services that do not have an alternative use. In these circumstances, the performance obligation is the design and manufacturing service. As control transfers continuously
over  time  on  these  contracts,  revenue  is  recognized  based  on  the  extent  of  progress  towards  completion  of  the  performance  obligation  using  a  cost-to-cost  method.
Engineering services are also satisfied over time and recognized on the cost-to-cost method. These types of revenue arrangements are typical for our defense contracts within
the Microsource segment for its RADAR filter products used in fighter jet aircrafts.

For the sale of standard or minimally customized products, the performance obligation is the series of finished products which are recognized at the points in time the units
are transferred to the control of the customer, typically upon shipment. This type of revenue arrangement is typical for our commercial contracts within the Giga-tronics
segment for its Advanced Signal Generation and Analysis system products used for testing RADAR and Electronic Warfare (“RADAR/EW”) equipment.

Product Warranties

Our warranty policy generally provides one to three years of coverage depending on the product. We record a liability for estimated warranty obligations at the date products
are sold. The estimated cost of warranty coverage is based on our actual historical experience with our current products or similar products. For new products, the required
reserve is based on historical experience of similar products until sufficient historical data has been collected on the new product. Adjustments are made as new information
becomes available.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts  receivable  are  stated  at  their  net  realizable  values.  We  have  estimated  an  allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  based  on  our  analysis  of  specifically  identified
problem accounts, outstanding receivables, consideration of the age of those receivables, our historical collection experience, and adjustments for other factors management
believes are necessary based on perceived credit risk.

Inventory

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We periodically review inventory on hand to identify and write down
excess and obsolete inventory based on estimated product demand.

Income Taxes

Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to
be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Future
tax  benefits  are  subject  to  a  valuation  allowance  when  management  is  unable  to  conclude  that  its  deferred  tax  assets  will  more  likely  than  not  be  realized.  The  ultimate
realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent  upon  generation  of  future  taxable  income  during  the  periods  in  which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.
Management considers both positive and negative evidence and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We consider all tax positions recognized in the consolidated financial statements for the likelihood of realization. When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some
positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the positions taken or the amounts
of the positions that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available
evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if
any. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being
realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described
above,  if  any,  would  be  reflected  as  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  as  applicable,  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  along  with  any  associated  interest  and
penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. We also recognize accrued interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as a
component of the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

Share Based Compensation

We  have  a  stock  incentive  plan  that  provides  for  the  issuance  of  stock  options  and  restricted  stock  to  employees  and  directors.  We  calculate  share  based  compensation
expense for stock options using a Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model and record the fair value of stock option and restricted stock awards expected to vest over the
requisite service period. In so doing, we make certain key assumptions in making estimates used in the model. We believe the estimates used, which are presented in the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, are appropriate and reasonable.

Software Development Costs

We expense development costs included in the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products as incurred, until technological feasibility
in  the  form  of  a  working  model  has  been  established.  Development  costs  of  computer  software  to  be  sold,  leased,  or  otherwise  marketed  are  subject  to  capitalization
beginning when our product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when the product is available for general release to our customers.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance-sheet arrangements (including standby letters of credit, guarantees, contingent interests in transferred assets, contingent obligations indexed to its
own stock or any obligation arising out of a variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides credit or other support to the Company), that have or are likely to have
a material effect on its financial conditions, changes in financial conditions, revenue, expense, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Pursuant to Item 305 of Regulation S-K, the Company, as a smaller reporting company, is not required to provide the information required by this item.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

Financial Statements 

Consolidated Balance Sheets - As of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

Consolidated Statements of Operations - Years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity - Years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

27

Page

28

29

30

31

32

32-52

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GIGA-TRONICS INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands except share data)

March 30,

2019    

March 31,
2018  

Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash-equivalents
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance of $8 and $8, respectively
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Other long term assets
Total assets
Liabilities and shareholders' equity
Current liabilities:
Line of credit
Loan payable, net of discounts and issuance costs
Accounts payable
Accrued payroll and benefits
Deferred revenue
Deferred rent
Capital lease obligations
Deferred liability related to asset sale
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Long term deferred rent
Long term obligations - capital lease
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
Convertible preferred stock of no par value; Authorized - 1,000,000 shares

  $

  $

  $

878    $
568     
2,734     
1,354     
5,534     
569     
176     
6,279    $

—    $
1,781     
747     
476     
—     
74     
41     
40     
754     
3,913     
172     
358     
21     
4,464     

Series A - designated 250,000 shares; no shares at March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 issued and outstanding
Series B, C, D - designated 19,500 shares; 18,533.51 shares at March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 issued and outstanding;

(liquidation preference of $3,540 at March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018)

Series E - designated 100,000 shares; 98,400 shares at March 30, 2019 and 43,800 shares at March 31, 2018 issued and
outstanding; (liquidation preference of $3,690 at March 30, 2019 and $1,643 at March 31, 2018)

Common stock of no par value; Authorized - 40,000,000 shares; 11,360,511 shares at March 30, 2019 and 10,312,653 at March
31, 2018 issued and outstanding
Accumulated deficit
Total shareholders' equity
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

  $

—     

2,911     

1,895     

25,557     
(28,548)    
1,815     
6,279    $

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

28

1,485 
364 
5,487 
87 
7,423 
833 
175 
8,431 

552 
1,447 
996 
343 
3,374 
58 
52 
40 
947 
7,809 
— 
429 
62 
8,300 

— 

2,911 

702 

25,200 
(28,682)
131 
8,431 

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
GIGA-TRONICS INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands except per share data)

Net revenue
Goods
Services
Total revenue
Cost of sales
Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Engineering
Selling, general and administrative

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Gain on adjustment of warrant liability to fair value
Gain on sale of product line
Interest expense, net
Loss before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net loss
Deemed dividend on Series E shares

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

Loss per common share – basic
Loss per common share – diluted

Weighted average common shares used in per share calculation:

Basic
Diluted

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

29

Years Ended

March 30,
2019

March 31,
2018

2,123    $
9,025     
11,148     
6,425     
4,723     

1,304     
3,707     
5,011     

(288)    

—     
—     
(713)    
(1,001)    
42     
(1,043)   $
—     

2,915 
6,885 
9,800 
7,064 
2,736 

1,794 
4,076 
5,870 

(3,134)

172 
324 
(461)
(3,099)
2 
(3,101)
(557)

(1,043)   $

(3,658)

(0.10)   $
(0.10)   $

10,775     
10,775     

(0.38)
(0.38)

9,738 
9,738 

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
     
       
 
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
   
   
 
 
GIGA-TRONICS INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands except share data)

  Preferred Stock
  Shares

    Amount

    Common Stock
    Shares

    Amount

Balance at March 25, 2017
Net loss
Restricted stock granted
Restricted stock forfeited
Stock based compensation
Shares issued related to loan agreement
Proceeds from issuance of Series E preferred
stock, net of issuance costs of $102
Repriced 2016 investor warrants
Fair value of the warrants issued to EGE as
issuance cost of Series E
Repricing of warrants issued to EGE related to
2016 private placement
Fair value of modified PFG warrants
Beneficial conversion feature (BCF) upon
issuance of Series E preferred shares
Deemed dividend of discount to Series E

preferred shares resulting from recognition of
BCF

Balance at March 31, 2018
Cumulative effect of ASC 606 Adoption
Net loss
Restricted stock granted
Restricted stock forfeited

Share based compensation
Shares issued related to loan agreement
Proceeds from issuance of Series E preferred
stock, net of issuance costs of $212
Warrants exercises
Shares issued from conversion of Series
E preferred stock
Balance at March 30, 2019

18,534    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

43,800     
—     

—     

—     
—     

—     

—     
62,334     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

2,911     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

993     
(203)    

(54)    

(34)    
—     

(557)    

557     
3,613     
—     
—     
—     
—     
—     

9,594,203    $
—     
586,950     
(236,000)    
—     
367,500     

—     
—     

—     

—     
—     

—     

—     
10,312,653     
—     
—     
310,000     
(25,000)    
—     

—     

—     

30,000     

1,193     
—     

—     
572,858     

56,200     
—     

(1,600)    
116,934    $

Accumulated       

Deficit     
(25,581)   $
(3,101)    
—     
—     
—     
—     

—     
—     

—     

—     
—     

—     

—     
(28,682)    
1,177     
(1,043)    
—     
—     
—     

—     

—     
—     

24,390    $
—     
—     
—     
251     
224     

—     
203     

54     

34     
44     

557     

(557)    
25,200     
—     
—     
—     
—     
245     

—     

—     
112     

Total  
1,720 
(3,101)
— 
— 
251 
224 

993 
— 

— 

— 
44 

— 

— 
131 
1,177 
(1,043)
— 
— 
245 

— 

1,193 
112 

— 
1,815 

—     
4,806     

160,000     
11,360,511    $

—     
25,557    $

—     
(28,548)   $

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

30

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
GIGA-TRONICS INCORPORATED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Share based compensation
Accretion of discounts and issuance costs on debt
Adjustment of warrant liability to fair value
Change in fair value of equity forward
Gain on sale of product line
Accrued interest and fees on loan payable
Change in deferred rent
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Trade accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Accounts payable
Accrued payroll and benefits
Deferred revenue
Other current and non-current liabilities

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Payments on capital leases

Repayments of line of credit
Proceeds from loan payable, net of issuance costs
Proceeds from issuance of Series E preferred stock, net of issuance costs
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
Net cash provided by financing activities

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash-equivalents

Beginning cash and cash-equivalents
Ending cash and cash-equivalents

Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information:

Cash paid for income taxes
Cash paid for interest

Supplementary disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

Cumulative effect of adoption ASC 606 on inventory
Cumulative effect of adoption ASC 606 on prepaid expenses and other current assets
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASC 606 on deferred revenue
Fair value of warrants issued to EGE as issuance costs for Series E
Fair value of modified warrants
Common stock issued in connection with debt issuance
Equipment disposal

See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

31

March 30,

2019    

March 31,
2018  

  $

(1,043)   $

(3,101)

264     
245     
224     
—     
—     
—     
111     
(55)    

(204)    
1,172     
(1,078)    
(249)    
133     
(807)    
(20)    
(1,307)    

—     
—     

(52)    
(552)    

—     
1,192     
112     
700     

(607)    

1,485     
878    $

32    $
248    $

(1,581)   $
188    $
2,568    $
—    $
—    $
—    $
—    $

1,116 
251 
127 
(172)
(16)
(324)
98 
487 

590 
(676)
365 
(111)
(240)
(240)
229 
(1,617)

(688)
(688)

(50)
(30)

1,456 
993 
— 
2,369 

64 

1,421 
1,485 

2 
282 

— 
— 
— 
54 
281 
224 
380 

  $

  $
  $

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

 
 
 
 
 
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
   
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
     
       
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Giga-tronics  Incorporated  (“Giga-tronics”)  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Microsource
Incorporated (“Microsource”), collectively the “Company”. The Company’s corporate office and manufacturing facilities are located in Dublin, California.

Principles of Consolidation The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Giga-tronics  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary. All  significant  intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fiscal Year The Company’s financial reporting year consists of either a 52 week or 53 week period ending on the last Saturday of the month of March. Fiscal year 2019
ended  on  March  30,  2019  resulting  in  a  52  week  year.  Fiscal  year  2018  ended  on  March  31,  2018,  which  resulted  in  a  53  week  year. All  references  to  years  in  the
consolidated financial statements relate to fiscal years rather than calendar years.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue Beginning April 1, 2018, the Company follows the provisions of ASU 2014-09 as subsequently amended by the Financial
Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  between  2015  and  2017  and  collectively  known  as ASC  Topic  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (“ASC  606”).
Amounts for prior periods are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s prior historic accounting practices. The guidance provides a
unified model to determine how revenue is recognized. In addition, the standard requires disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash
flows arising from contracts with customers.

In  determining  the  appropriate  amount  of  revenue  to  be  recognized  as  it  fulfills  its  obligations  under  its  agreements,  the  Company  performs  the  following  steps:
(i) identifies the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determines whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations including whether they are
distinct  in  the  context  of  the  contract;  (iii)  measures  the  transaction  price,  including  the  constraint  on  variable  consideration;  (iv)  allocates  the  transaction  price  to  the
performance obligations based on estimated selling prices; and (v) recognizes revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation.

The Company generates revenue through the design, manufacture, and sale of products used in the defense industry to major prime defense contractors, the armed services
(primarily  in  the  U.S.)  and  research  institutes.  There  is  generally  one  performance  obligation  in  the  Company’s  contracts  with  its  customers.  For  highly  engineered
products,  the  customer  typically  controls  the  work  in  process  as  evidenced  either  by  contractual  termination  clauses  or  by  the  Company’s  right  to  payment  for  costs
incurred to date plus a reasonable profit for products or services that do not have an alternative use. In these circumstances, the performance obligation is the design and
manufacturing service. As control transfers continuously over time on these contracts, revenue is recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the
performance obligation using a cost-to-cost method. Engineering services are also satisfied over time and recognized on the cost-to-cost method. These types of revenue
arrangements are typical for the Company’s defense contracts within the Microsource segment for its RADAR filter products used in fighter jet aircrafts.

For the sale of standard or minimally customized products, the performance obligation is the series of finished products which are recognized at the points in time the units
are transferred to the control of the customer, typically upon shipment. This type of revenue arrangement is typical for our commercial contracts within the Giga-tronics
segment for its Advanced Signal Generation and Analysis system products used for testing RADAR and Electronic Warfare (“RADAR/EW”) equipment.

Performance Obligations

A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer and is the unit of account in ASC Topic 606. The Company’s
performance obligations include:

• Design and manufacturing services
•
•

Product supply – Distinct goods or services that are substantially the same
Engineering services

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The majority of the Company’s contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual goods or services is not separately identifiable from
other promises in the contracts and, therefore, not distinct. The Company’s revenue in fiscal 2019 under ASC 606 primarily relates to design and manufacturing services,
there was no product supply, and engineering services were nominal.

Transaction Price

The Company has both fixed and variable consideration. Under the Company’s highly engineered design and manufacturing arrangements, advance payments and unit
prices are considered fixed, as the product is not returnable and the Company has an enforceable right to reimbursement in the event of a cancellation. For standard and
minimally customized products, payments can include variable consideration, such as product returns and sales allowances. The transaction price in engineering services
arrangements may include estimated amounts of variable consideration, including award fees, incentive fees, or other provisions that can either increase or decrease the
transaction price. Milestone payments are identified as variable consideration when determining the transaction price. At the inception of each arrangement that includes
milestone payments, the Company evaluates whether the milestones are considered probable of being achieved and estimates the amount to be included in the transaction
price using the most likely amount method. The Company estimates variable consideration at the amount to which they expect to be entitled and determines whether to
include estimated amounts as a reduction in the transaction price based largely on an assessment of the conditions that might trigger an adjustment to the transaction price
and all information (historical, current and forecasted) that is reasonably available to the Company. The Company includes estimated amounts in the transaction price to
the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the estimation uncertainty is resolved.

Allocation of Consideration

As part of the accounting for arrangements that contain multiple performance obligations, the Company must develop assumptions that require judgment to determine the
stand-alone selling price of each performance obligation identified in the contract. When a contract contains more than one performance obligation, the Company uses key
assumptions to determine the stand-alone selling price of each performance obligation. Because of the customized nature of products and services, estimated stand-alone
selling  prices  for  most  performance  obligations  are  estimated  using  a  cost-plus  margin  approach.  For  non-customized  products,  list  prices  generally  represent  the
standalone selling price. The Company allocates the total transaction price to each performance obligation based on the estimated relative stand-alone selling prices of the
promised goods or service underlying each performance obligation.

Timing of Recognition

Significant management judgment is required to determine the level of effort required under an arrangement and the period over which the Company expects to complete
its performance obligations under the arrangement. The selection of the method to measure progress towards completion requires judgment and is based on the nature of
the  products  or  services  to  be  provided.  The  Company  generally  uses  the  cost-to-cost  measure  of  progress  as  this  measure  best  depicts  the  transfer  of  control  to  the
customer which occurs as we incur costs on our contracts. Under the cost-to-cost method, the extent of progress towards completion is measured based on the ratio of costs
incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. Revenue is recognized for design and manufacturing services and for engineering
services over time proportionate to the costs that the Company has incurred to perform the services using the cost-to-cost input method and for products at a point in time.
Approximately 81% of the Company’s revenue is recognized over time, with the remaining 19% recognized at a point in time.

Changes in Estimates

The effect of a contract modification on the transaction price and the measure of progress for the performance obligation to which it relates, is recognized as an adjustment
to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction of revenue) on a cumulative catch-up basis.

For contracts using the cost-to-cost method, management reviews the progress and execution of the performance obligations. This process requires management judgment
relative  to  estimating  contract  revenue  and  cost  and  making  assumptions  for  delivery  schedule.  This  process  requires  management’s  judgment  to  make  reasonably
dependable cost estimates. Since certain contracts extend over a longer period of time, the impact of revisions in cost and revenue estimates during the progress of work
may adjust the current period earnings through a cumulative catch-up basis. This method recognizes, in the current period, the cumulative effect of the changes on current
and prior quarters. Contract cost and revenue estimates for significant contracts are generally reviewed and reassessed quarterly. Revenue recognized over time using the
cost-to-cost method represented approximately 81% of revenue for fiscal 2019.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Presentation

The timing of revenue recognition, billings and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable, unbilled receivables (contract assets), and deferred revenue (contract
liabilities) on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. Under the typical payment terms of over time contracts, the customer pays either performance-based payments
or progress payments. Amounts billed and due from customers are classified as receivables on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. Interim payments may be made
as work progresses, and for some contracts, an advance payment may be made. A liability is recognized for these interim and advance payments in excess of revenue
recognized and is presented as a contract liability which is included within accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Contract  liabilities  typically  are  not  considered  a  significant  financing  component  because  these  cash  advances  are  used  to  meet  working  capital  demands  that  can  be
higher in the early stages of a contract. When revenue recognized exceeds the amount billed to the customer, an unbilled receivable (contract asset) is recorded for the
amount the Company is entitled to receive based on its enforceable right to payment.

Remaining  performance  obligations  represent  the  transaction  price  of  firm  orders  for  which  work  has  not  been  performed  as  of  the  period  end  date  and  excludes
unexercised contract options and potential orders under ordering-type contracts (e.g., indefinite-delivery, indefinite-quantity).

Recognition Prior to April 1, 2018

Prior to April 1, 2018 under the legacy Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), the Company recorded revenue when there was persuasive evidence of an
arrangement, delivery had occurred, the price was fixed and determinable, and collectability was reasonably assured. This occurred when products were shipped or the
customer  accepted  title  transfer.  If  the  arrangement  involved  acceptance  terms,  the  Company  deferred  revenue  until  product  acceptance  was  received.  On  certain  large
development contracts, revenue was recognized upon achievement of substantive milestones.  Advanced payments were recorded as deferred revenue until the revenue
recognition criteria described above had been met. Amounts for periods ending prior to April 1, 2018 have not been adjusted for ASC 606 and continue to be reported in
accordance with the Company’s previous accounting practices.

Software Development Costs Development costs included in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products are
expensed as incurred, until technological feasibility in the form of a working model has been established. Capitalized development costs are amortized over the expected
life of the product and evaluated each reporting period for impairment.

New Accounting Standards 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, “Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting,” to simplify the accounting for share based transactions
with nonemployees in which the grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed. Under the new standard, most of the guidance on recording share-based
compensation granted to nonemployees will be aligned with the requirements for share-based compensation granted to employees. This standard will be effective in the
first quarter of fiscal 2020, and early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02  (“ASU  2016-02”),  Leases.  ASU  2016-02  requires  that  lessees  recognize  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  rights  and
obligations  for  leases  with  a  lease  term  of  more  than  one  year.  The  amendments  in  this ASU  are  effective  for  annual  periods  ending  after  December  15,  2018.  Early
adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers.  In August  2015  and  March, April,  May  and  December  2016,  the  FASB  issued  additional
amendments  to  the  new  revenue  guidance  relating  to  reporting  revenue  on  a  gross  versus  net  basis,  identifying  performance  obligations,  licensing  arrangements,
collectability, noncash consideration, presentation of sales tax, transition, and clarifying examples. Collectively these are referred to as ASC 606, which replaces all legacy
GAAP guidance on revenue recognition and eliminates all industry-specific guidance. ASC 606 establishes  a  broad  principle  that  would  require  an  entity  to  recognize
revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange
for  those  goods  or  services.  To  achieve  this  principle,  an  entity  identifies  the  contract  with  a  customer,  identifies  the  separate  performance  obligations  in  the  contract,
determines the transaction price, allocates the transaction price to the separate performance obligations and recognizes revenue when each separate performance obligation
is satisfied. ASC 606 was further updated to provide clarification on a number of specific issues as well as requiring additional disclosures. ASC 606 may be applied either
retrospectively or through the use of a modified-retrospective method. The full retrospective method requires companies to recast each prior reporting period presented as
if the new guidance had always existed. Under the modified retrospective method, companies would recognize the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard as an
adjustment to opening retained earnings at the date of initial application. ASC 606 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and early
adoption is permitted beginning in the first quarter of 2017.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company adopted ASC 606 on April 1, 2018 (beginning of the Company’s fiscal year) using the modified retrospective method. Under this approach, no restatement
of fiscal years  2017  or  2018  was  required.  Rather,  the  effect  of  the  adoption  was  recorded  as  a  cumulative  adjustment  decreasing  the  opening  balance  of  accumulated
deficit at April 1, 2018.

The most significant change relates to the timing of revenue and cost recognition on the Company’s customer contracts. Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized as the
customer obtains control of the goods and services promised in the contract. Given the nature of the Company’s products and terms and conditions in the contracts, the
customer typically obtains control as the Company performs work under such contract. Therefore, the Company expects to recognize revenue over time for substantially
all  of  its  contracts  using  the  percentage-of-completion  cost-to-cost  method. As  a  result,  the  Company  now  recognizes  revenue  for  these  contracts  as  it  incurs  costs,  as
opposed to when units are delivered. This change has generally resulted in earlier revenue recognition in the performance period as compared to the legacy method for
those contracts, giving rise to a decrease to the Company’s opening balance of accumulated deficit as of April 1, 2018.

Adopting ASC 606 involves significant new estimates and judgments such as estimating stand-alone selling prices, variable consideration, and total costs to complete the
contract. All of the estimates are subject to change during the performance of the contract which may cause more variability due to significant estimates involved in the
new accounting.

The cumulative effect of the changes made to the Company’s consolidated April 1, 2018 balance sheet for the adoption of ASC 606 were as follows (in thousands):

Assets
Prepaid and other current assets
Inventories, net
Liabilities
Deferred revenue
Shareholders' Equity
Accumulated deficit

Balance at
March 31, 2018

ASC 606
Adjustments

Balance at
April 1, 2018

  $

  $

  $

87    $
5,487     

3,374    $

188    $
(1,581)    

(2,568)   $

275 
3,906 

806 

(28,682)   $

1,176    $

(27,506)

In accordance with the requirements of ASC 606, the disclosure of the impact of adoption on our condensed consolidated income statement and balance sheet for fiscal
year ended March 30, 2019 was as follows (in thousands except for net loss per share):

For the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019
Assets
Prepaid and other current assets
Inventories, net
Liabilities
Deferred revenue
Shareholders' Equity
Accumulated deficit
Revenue
Revenue
Cost of sales
Cost of sales
Net loss
Net loss per share, basic and fully diluted

Without ASC
606 Adoption

ASC 606
Adjustments

As Reported  

58    $
4,815     

2,132    $

(28,714)   $

10,477    $

5,925    $
(1,214)    
(0.11)   $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $
  $
  $

35

1,296    $
(2,081)    

(2,132)   $

166    $

671    $

500    $
171    $
0.02    $

1,354 
2,734 

- 

(28,548)

11,148 

6,425 
(1,043)
(0.10)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
     
 
       
 
   
     
     
 
       
 
     
     
 
       
 
 
 
 
   
   
     
     
 
       
 
   
     
     
 
       
 
     
     
 
       
 
     
     
 
       
 
     
     
 
       
 
 
The following table presents changes in the Company’s contract assets and liabilities for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019.

Contract Assets
Contract Liabilities: Deferred Revenue

Balance at
Beginning

of the Period    
(in thousands)

Additions

Deductions

Balance at
the end
of the Period  

  $
  $

189    $
(806)   $

1,535    $
(1,846)   $

(428)   $
2,652    $

1,296 
- 

During the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019, the Company recognized the following revenues (in thousands):

Revenue recognized in the period from:
Amounts included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the period:

Performance obligations satisfied

New activities in the period:

Changes in estimates
Performance obligations satisfied

Total services revenue

  $

  $

1,063 

119 
7,843 
9,025 

As of March 30, 2019, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations was $4.0 million, of which the Company expects to
recognize $2.7 million into revenue within the next twelve months and $1.3 million after the next twelve months.

Accrued  Warranty The  Company’s  warranty  policy  generally  provides  one  to  three  years  of  coverage  depending  on  the  product.  The  Company  records  a  liability  for
estimated  warranty  obligations  at  the  date  products  are  sold.  The  estimated  cost  of  warranty  coverage  is  based  on  the  Company’s  actual  historical  experience  with  its
current products or similar products. For new products, the required reserve is based on historical experience of similar products until such time as sufficient historical data
has been collected on the new product. Adjustments are made as new information becomes available.

Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or fair value using full absorption and standard costing. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis. Standard
costing and overhead allocation rates are reviewed by management periodically, but not less than annually. Overhead rates are recorded to inventory based on capacity
management expects for the period the inventory will be held. Reserves are recorded within cost of sales for impaired or obsolete inventory when the cost of inventory
exceeds its estimated fair value. Management evaluates the need for inventory reserves based on its estimate of the amount realizable through projected sales including an
evaluation of whether a product is reaching the end of its life cycle. When inventory is discarded it is written off against the inventory reserve, as inventory generally has
already been fully reserved for at the time it is discarded.

Research and Development Research and development expenditures, which include the cost of materials consumed in research and development activities, salaries, wages
and  other  costs  of  personnel  engaged  in  research  and  development,  costs  of  services  performed  by  others  for  research  and  development  on  the  Company’s  behalf  and
indirect costs are expensed as operating expenses when incurred. Research and development costs totaled approximately $1.3 million and $1.8 million for the years ended
March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively.

Property  and  Equipment  Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost.  Depreciation  is  calculated  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the
respective assets, which range from three to ten years for machinery and equipment and office fixtures. Leasehold improvements and assets acquired under capital leases
are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the respective assets or the lease term.

The  Company  reviews  its  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be
recoverable. If such review indicates that the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the sum of its expected future cash flows on an undiscounted basis, the asset’s carrying
amount would be written down to fair value. Additionally, the Company reports long-lived assets to be disposed of at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost
to sell. As of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, management believes there has been no impairment of the Company’s long-lived assets.

36

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
     
      
      
  
 
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock Warrants are accounted for in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance provided in ASC 815 - Derivatives and Hedging
as either derivative liabilities or as equity instruments depending on the specific terms of the agreements.  Liability-classified instruments are recorded at fair value at each
reporting period with any change in fair value recognized as a component of change in fair value of derivative liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations. The
Company  estimates  liability-classified  instruments  using  either  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  or  the  Black  Scholes  option-pricing  model,  depending  on  the  nature  of  the
warrant’s  terms.  The  valuation  methodologies  require  management  to  develop  assumptions  and  inputs  that  have  significant  impact  on  such  valuations.  The  Company
periodically evaluates changes in facts and circumstances that could impact the classification of warrants from liability to equity, or vice versa.

On March 26, 2018, the Company and holders of the Company’s liability-classified warrants, Partners For Growth, V L.P. (“PFG”), agreed to eliminate the $217,000 cash
“put” provision contained in warrants in exchange for the Company issuing 150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Upon removal of the put, the warrants were
re-valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model prior to being reclassified to equity. The resulting change in fair value of the warrants, along with the fair value of
the common stock of approximately of $50,000 issued to PFG, was recognized as gain on adjustment of warrant liability in the consolidated statements of operations.

Embedded Derivatives Embedded derivatives must be separately measured from the host contract if all the requirements for bifurcation are met. The assessment of the
conditions surrounding the bifurcation of embedded derivatives depends on the nature of the host contract. Bifurcated embedded derivatives are recognized at fair value,
with  changes  in  fair  value  recognized  in  the  statement  of  operations  each  period.  Bifurcated  embedded  derivatives  are  classified  with  the  related  host  contract  in  the
Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Deferred Rent Rent expense is recognized in an amount equal to the guaranteed base rent plus contractual future minimum rental increases amortized on the straight-line
basis over the terms of the leases, including free rent periods.

Income  Taxes Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences
attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  those  temporary
differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  The  effect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that
includes the enactment date. Future tax benefits are subject to a valuation allowance when management is unable to conclude that its deferred tax assets will more likely
than not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary
differences become deductible. Management considers both positive and negative evidence and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company considers all tax positions recognized in its financial statements for the likelihood of realization. When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some
positions  taken  would  be  sustained  upon  examination  by  the  taxing  authorities,  while  others  are  subject  to  uncertainty  about  the  merits  of  the  positions  taken  or  the
amounts of the positions that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all
available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation
processes, if any. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent
likely  of  being  realized  upon  settlement  with  the  applicable  taxing  authority.  The  portion  of  the  benefits  associated  with  tax  positions  taken  that  exceeds  the  amount
measured  as  described  above,  if  any,  would  be  reflected  as  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  as  applicable,  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  along  with  any
associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties, if any, related
to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations.

Product Development Costs The Company incurs pre-production costs on certain long-term supply arrangements. The costs, which represent non-recurring engineering
and tooling costs, are capitalized as other assets and amortized over their useful life when reimbursable by the customer. All other product development costs are charged
to operations as incurred. Capitalized pre-production costs included in inventory were immaterial as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018.

Software Development Costs Development costs included in the research and development of new software products and enhancements to existing software products are
expensed as incurred, until technological feasibility in the form of a working model has been established. Capitalized development costs are amortized over the expected
life of the product and evaluated each reporting period for impairment.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discontinued  Operations The Company reviews its reporting and presentation requirements for discontinued operations as it moves to newer technology within the test
and measurement market from legacy products to the newly developed Advanced Signal Generator. The disposal of these product line sales represents an evolution of the
Company’s Giga-tronics Division to a more sophisticated product offered to the same or similar customer base. The Company has evaluated the sales of product lines
concluding that each product line does not meet the definition of a “component of an entity” as defined by ASC 205-20.The Company is able to distinguish revenue and
gross margin information as disclosed in Note 8, Sale of Product Lines to the accompanying financial statements; however, operations and cash flow information is not
clearly distinguishable and the company is unable to present meaningful information about results of operations and cash flows from those product lines.

Share-based Compensation The Company records share-based compensation expense for the fair value of all stock options and restricted stock that are ultimately expected
to vest as the requisite service is rendered. In fiscal 2018, the Company provided a special grant of nonqualified options to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock at
the price of $0.33 per share based on reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.  One fourth of the option vests on the first anniversary of the
grant date and 1/48 of the option vests on each of the 36 months thereafter.

The  cash  flows  resulting  from  the  tax  benefits  resulting  from  tax  deductions  in  excess  of  the  compensation  cost  recognized  for  those  options  (excess  tax  benefits)  are
classified as cash flows from financing in the statements of cash flows. These excess tax benefits were not significant for the Company for the fiscal years ended March 30,
2019 or March 31, 2018.

In calculating compensation related to stock option grants, the fair value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-
pricing model. The computation of expected volatility used in the Black-Scholes- Merton option-pricing model is based on the historical volatility of Giga-tronics’ share
price. The expected term is estimated based on a review of historical employee exercise behavior with respect to option grants. The risk free interest rate for the expected
term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. Expected dividend yield was not considered in the option pricing formula
since the Company has not paid dividends and has no current plans to do so in the future.

The fair value of restricted stock awards is based on the fair value of the underlying shares at the date of the grant. Management makes estimates regarding pre-vesting
forfeitures that will impact timing of compensation expense recognized for stock option and restricted stock awards.

Earnings or Loss Per Common Share Basic earnings or loss per common share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the
period. Diluted earnings per share incorporate the incremental shares issuable upon the assumed exercise of stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method.
Anti-dilutive options are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. Non-vested shares of restricted stock have non-forfeitable dividend rights and are
considered participating securities for the purpose of calculating basic and diluted earnings per share under the two-class method.

Comprehensive Income or Loss There are no items of comprehensive income or loss other than net income or loss.

Financial Instruments and Concentration of Credit Risk Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  credit  risk  consist  of  cash,  cash-equivalents  and
trade accounts receivable. The Company’s cash-equivalents consist of overnight deposits with federally insured financial institutions. Concentration of credit risk in trade
accounts  receivable  results  primarily  from  sales  to  major  customers.  The  Company  individually  evaluates  the  creditworthiness  of  its  customers  and  generally  does  not
require collateral or other security. At March 30, 2019, three customers combined accounted for 97% of consolidated gross accounts receivable. At March 31, 2018, one
customer accounted for 79% of consolidated gross accounts receivable.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash-equivalents, line of credit,
term debt, and warrant derivative liability. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in an orderly transaction
between market participants to sell the asset or transfer the liability. The Company uses fair value measurements based on quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or
liabilities in active markets that the entity can access as of the measurement date (Level 1), significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted
prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data
(Level 2), or significant unobservable inputs reflect a company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability
(Level 3), depending on the nature of the item being valued.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-02  (“ASU  2016-02”),  Leases.  ASU  2016-02  requires  that  lessees  recognize  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  rights  and
obligations  for  leases  with  a  lease  term  of  more  than  one  year.  The  amendments  in  this ASU  are  effective  for  annual  periods  ending  after  December  15,  2018.  Early
adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.

2 Cash and Cash-Equivalents

Cash and cash-equivalents of $878,000 and $1.5 million at March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively, consisted of demand deposits with a financial institution
that is a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). At March 30, 2019, $628,000 of the Company’s demand deposits exceeded FDIC insurance limits.

3

Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following: 

(Dollars in thousands)
Raw materials
Work-in-progress
Finished goods
Demonstration inventory
Total

4

Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment, net is comprised of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)
Leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment
Computer and software
Furniture and office equipment

Subtotal

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Total

5 Accounts Receivable Line of Credit

March 30,

2019    

759    $
1,523     
57     
395     
2,734    $

March 31,
2018  
2,290 
2,100 
561 
536 
5,487 

March 30,

2019    

633     
4,333     
681     
227     
5,874     
(5,305)    
569    $

March 31,
2018  
633 
4,333 
681 
227 
5,874 
(5,041)
833 

  $

  $

  $

  $

On May 6, 2015, the Company entered into a $2.5 million Revolving Accounts Receivable Line of Credit agreement with Bridge Bank. The agreement provided for a
maximum borrowing capacity of $2.5 million of which $2.0 million is subject to a borrowing base calculation and $500,000 is non-formula based. The loan was secured
by all assets of the Company including intellectual property and general intangibles and the credit agreement provided for a borrowing capacity equal to 80% of eligible
accounts  receivable.  On  May  23,  2017,  the  Company  renewed  this  credit  line  (which  expired  on  May  7,  2017)  through  May  6,  2019.  The  Company  paid  an  annual
commitment fee of $12,500 in both May 2017 and May 2018. The loan agreement contained financial and non-financial covenants that are customary for this type of
lending and includes a covenant to maintain an asset coverage ratio of at least 150% (defined as unrestricted cash and cash equivalents maintained with Bridge Bank, plus
eligible accounts receivable aged less than 90 days from the invoice date, divided by the total amount of outstanding principal of all obligations under the loan agreement).

On March 11, 2019, the Company entered into an Amended and Restated Business Financing Agreement (the “Restated Financing Agreement”) with Western Alliance
Bank, as successor to Bridge Bank. The Restated Financing Agreement amends, restates and replaces the credit agreement dated May 6, 2015 (as previously amended, the
“Previous Financing Agreement”) in its entirety.

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
Under the Restated Financing Agreement, Western Alliance Bank may advance up to 85% of the amounts of invoices issued by the Company, up to a maximum of $2.5
million in aggregate advances outstanding at any time. The Restated Financing Agreement eliminates the $500,000 non-formula borrowing base and an asset coverage
ratio financial covenant.

Under the Restated Financing Agreement, interest accrues on outstanding amounts at an annual rate equal to the greater of prime or 4.5% plus, in either case, one percent.
The Company is required to pay certain fees, including an annual facility fee of $14,700, to be paid in two equal semiannual installments. The Company’s obligations
under the Restated Financing Agreement are secured by a security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company and any domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain
customary exceptions. The Restated Financing Agreement has no specified term and may be terminated by either the Company or Western Alliance Bank at any time.

The  Restated  Financing  Agreement  contains  customary  events  of  default,  including,  among  others:  non-payment  of  principal,  interest  or  other  amounts  when  due;
providing false or misleading representations and information; Western Alliance Bank failing to have an enforceable first lien on the collateral; cross-defaults with certain
other indebtedness; certain undischarged judgments; bankruptcy, insolvency or inability to pay debts; and a change of control of the Company. Upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of an event of default, the interest rate on the outstanding borrowings increases by 500 basis points and the Western Alliance Bank may declare the
loans and all other obligations under the Restated Financing Agreement immediately due and payable.

As  of  March  30,  2019  and  March  31,  2018,  the  Company’s  total  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Western Alliance  Bank/Bridge  Bank  line  of  credit  were  zero  and
$552,000, respectively.

6

Term Loan and Warrants

On April 27, 2017, the Company entered into a $1,500,000 loan agreement (the “2017 Loan Agreement”) with Partners For Growth V, L.P. (“PFG”), which was funded by
PFG on April 28, 2017 (the “2017 Loan”). The 2017 Loan has a maturity date of April 27, 2019, provides for interest only payments during the term of the loan with
principal and any accrued interest and fees due upon maturity. The 2017 Loan bears interest at a fixed aggregate per annum rate equal to 16% per annum, of which 9.5%
per annum rate is payable monthly in cash and 6.5% per annum rate is accrued monthly and due upon maturity. In addition, the Company agreed to pay PFG a cash fee of
up to $100,000 payable upon maturity (the “back-end fee”), $76,000 of which was earned on April 27, 2017, and $24,000 of which is earned at the rate of $1,000 per
month on the first day of each month if the loan principal (or any amount thereof) is outstanding during any day of the prior month. If the Company meets or exceeds
certain revenue and net income minimums in fiscal 2018, the amount could be reduced by 25 percent.

Additionally, the 2017 Loan Agreement provides for the Company’s issuance of up to 250,000 common shares to PFG, of which 190,000 was earned by PFG upon signing
(April 27, 2017) and 60,000 of which is earned at the rate of 2,500 per month on the first day of each month if the loan principal (or any amount thereof) is outstanding
during any day of the prior month. The 2017 Loan Agreement includes certain financial covenants related to the revenue achievement and maintenance of tangible net
worth. PFG can accelerate the maturity of the loan in case of a default and the Company can prepay the loan before maturity without interest prepayments or penalty. The
Company has pledged all of its assets as collateral for the 2017 Loan, including all its accounts, inventory, equipment, deposit accounts, intellectual property and all other
personal property. The 2017 Loan is subordinate to the Western Alliance Bank line of credit (see Note 5, Accounts Receivable Line of Credit).

The  requirement  to  issue  60,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  over  the  term  of  the  loan  is  an  embedded  derivative  (an  embedded  equity  forward).  The
Company evaluated the embedded derivative in accordance with ASC 815-15-25. The embedded derivative is not clearly and closely related to the debt host instrument
and therefore has been separately measured at fair value, with subsequent changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of operations.

The proceeds received upon issuing the loan was allocated to: i) common stock, for the fair value of the 190,000 shares of common stock initially issued to the lender; ii)
the fair value of the embedded derivative; and iii) the loan host instrument. Upon issuance of the loan, the Company recognized $1,576,000 of principal payable to PFG,
representing the stated principal balance of $1,500,000 plus the initial back-end fee of $76,000. The initial carrying value of the loan was recognized net of debt discount
aggregating approximately $326,000, which is comprised of the following:

Fees paid to the lender and third parties
Back-end fee
Estimated fair value of embedded equity forward
Fair value of 190,000 shares of common stock issued to lender

Aggregate discount amount

40

  $

  $

44,000 
76,000 
49,000 
157,000 
326,000 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
The bifurcated embedded derivative and the debt discount are presented net with the related loan balance in the consolidated balance sheets. The debt discount is amortized
to  interest  expense  over  the  loan’s  term  using  the  effective  interest  method.  During  the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  2018,  the  Company  amortized  discounts  of
approximately $127,000 to interest expense. As of March 31, 2018, the Company had issued to PFG 367,500 common shares under the loan.

PFG’s ability to call the debt on default (contingent put) and its ability to assess interest rate at a default rate (contingent interest) are embedded derivatives, which the
Company evaluated. The fair value of these embedded features was determined to be immaterial and was not bifurcated from the debt host for accounting purposes.

Between June 24, 2017 and March 25, 2018, the Company was not in compliance with the 2017 Loan Agreement’s revenue and tangible net worth financial covenants and
was subject to a default interest rate of 22% per annum which it accrued and paid when due during this period.

On March 26, 2018, concurrent with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement for the Series E Shares (see Note 17 – Preferred Stock and Warrants - Series E
Senior  Convertible  Voting  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock),  the  Company  and  PFG  entered  into  a  modification  agreement  providing  for  the  restructuring  of  certain  terms
associated with approximately $1.7 million in indebtedness under the 2017 Loan. Subject to the sale of at least $1.0 million in Series E Shares, PFG agreed to waive all
current defaults and cease applying the applicable default interest rate, returning to the stated non-default rate of 16%, and to lower the revenue and tangible net worth
covenants for the remaining term of the loan. As consideration for the modifications, the Company reduced the exercise price of outstanding warrants previously granted to
PFG pursuant to PFG’s earlier 2014 Loan Agreement and Credit Line to purchase 260,000 shares of the Company’s common stock from $1.42 to $0.25 per share and
extended the exercisability of the warrants by one year to March 13, 2020.

The amendments to the 2017 Loan Agreement were recognized as a loan modification. The change in fair value of the warrants of $43,700, resulting from the reduced
strike price and extension of term, was recognized as a discount to the 2017 Loan and is being amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the 2017 Loan
Agreement.

In December 2018, the Company and PFG agreed to modify the 2017 Loan Agreement to extend the maturity date from April 27, 2019 to November 1, 2019, to require
the Company to pay all accrued interest on May 1, 2019 and to require the Company to make monthly prepayments of principal of $75,000 and accrued interest from May
1, 2019 until maturity. The effectiveness of the modification was conditioned on the Company raising $500,000 in additional capital. As of March 30, 2019, the Company
had satisfied this condition.

On  March  11,  2019,  the  Company  and  PFG  agreed  to  further  modify  the  2017  Loan Agreement  to  extend  the  maturity  date  to  March  1,  2020  and  to  add  financial
covenants requiring the Company to maintain a minimum tangible net worth and minimum revenues. The Company was in compliance with these financial covenants at
March 30, 2019.

The  Company  anticipates  it  will  need  to  achieve  significant  RADAR/EW  test  system  shipments  and  resulting  cash  inflows  and  or  seek  additional  funds  through  the
issuance of new debt or equity securities to repay the 2017 Loan (including accrued interest and back end fees) in full upon maturity or otherwise enter into a refinancing
agreement with PFG.

7

Fair Value

Pursuant to the accounting guidance for fair value measurement and its subsequent updates, fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid
to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The accounting guidance establishes a hierarchy
for inputs used in measuring fair value that minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring the use of observable market data when available. Observable inputs are
inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on active market data. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market
participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances.  

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
The fair value hierarchy is broken down into the three input levels summarized below:

•   Level 1  —Valuations are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and readily accessible by us at the reporting date. Examples of

assets and liabilities utilizing Level 1 inputs are certain money market funds, U.S. Treasuries and trading securities with quoted prices on active markets.

•   Level 2  —Valuations based on inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly in active markets. Examples
of  assets  and  liabilities  utilizing  Level  2  inputs  are  U.S.  government  agency  bonds,  corporate  bonds,  commercial  paper,  certificates  of  deposit  and  over-the-
counter derivatives.

•   Level 3  —Valuations based on unobservable inputs in which there are little or no market data, which require us to develop our own assumptions.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s cash and cash-equivalents and line of credit approximate their fair values at each balance sheet date due to the short-term maturity
of  these  financial  instruments,  and  generally  result  in  inputs  categorized  as  Level  1  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  The  carrying  value  of  the  outstanding  PFG  loan
approximates the estimated aggregate fair value and classified with the loan host. The fair value estimate of the embedded equity forward is based on the closing price of
the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  measurement  date,  the  risk-free  rate,  the  date  of  expiration,  and  any  expected  cash  distributions  of  the  underlying  asset  before
expiration. The estimated fair value of the embedded equity forward represents a Level 2 measurement.

On March 26, 2018, the Company and PFG agreed to eliminate the cash put provision contained in warrants in exchange for the Company issuing 150,000 shares of the
Company’s  common  stock.  Upon  removal  of  the  put,  the  warrants  were  re-valued  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with  the  following  assumptions:  (i)
remaining term of 0.96 years, (ii) expected volatility of 85%, (iii) risk-free interest rate of 2.12%, and (iv) no expected dividends. The resulting change in fair value of the
warrants, along with the fair value of the common stock issued to PFG, was recognized as an adjustment of warrant liability in the consolidated statements of operations.

There were no assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and there were no assets or liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis at March 30, 2019 and March 31,
2018.

42

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
8

Sale of Product Line

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company received $375,000 from Spanawave under an Asset Purchase Agreement providing for the sale of certain of the
Company’s legacy product lines. In the first quarter of fiscal 2017, the Company received an additional $375,000 from Spanawave under the agreement, for a combined
total of $750,000. Of this amount, the Company returned $375,000 to Spanawave on July 28, 2016 resulting from the dispute regarding the status of the transfer of certain
product lines under the agreement. The remaining $375,000 was included in deferred liability related to asset sales in the consolidated balance sheet during the dispute.
However, as a result of the settlement of the dispute in fiscal 2018, the Company recognized a net gain of $324,000, which is net of approximately $51,000 in expenses
associated with the Spanawave asset sale. During the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, these product lines accounted for approximately zero in
revenue.

9

Selling and Advertising Expenses

Selling expenses consist primarily of salaries to employees and commissions paid to various sales representatives and marketing agencies. Commission expense totaled
$33,000  and  $43,000  for  fiscal  2019  and  2018,  respectively. Advertising  costs,  which  are  expensed  as  incurred,  totaled  zero  and  $23,000  for  fiscal  2019  and  2018,
respectively.

10 Significant Customers and Industry Segment Information

The Company has two reportable segments: Microsource and the Giga-tronics Division. Microsource’s primary business is the design of custom Microwave Integrated
Components as well as the production of MIC components using chip and wire assembly methods. Our Microsource Division offers a line of tunable, synthesized Band
Reject  Filters  (BRF)  for  solving  interference  problems  in  RADAR/EW  applications.  Self-protection  systems  onboard  high  performance  military  aircraft  often  require
RADAR filters to block electromagnetic interference generated by other onboard electronic systems, particularly the aircraft’s main RADAR. These high-speed, tunable
notch filters can quickly block interference from both continuous wave and wide bandwidth emissions. Using proprietary driver and phase lock technology, these filters
offer  tuning  speeds  that  are  up  to  ten  times  faster  than  traditional  filter  designs.  We  design  these  filters  specifically  for  each  application.  Microsource’s  two  largest
customers are prime contractors for which it develops and manufactures RADAR filters used in fighter jet aircraft.
The Giga-tronics Division designs, manufactures and markets a family of functional test products for the RADAR and Electronic Warfare (RADAR/EW) segment of the
defense electronics market. Our RADAR/EW test products are used to evaluate and improve the performance of RADAR/EW systems.

The accounting policies for the segments are the same as those described in the "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies". The Company evaluates the performance
of its segments and allocates resources to them based on earnings before income taxes. Segment net sales include sales to external customers. Inter-segment activities are
eliminated in consolidation. Assets include accounts receivable, inventories, equipment, cash, deferred income taxes, prepaid expenses and other long- term assets. The
Company accounts for inter-segment sales and transfers at terms that allow a reasonable profit to the seller. During the periods reported there were no significant inter-
segment sales or transfers.

The Company's reportable operating segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. They are managed separately because each business
utilizes different technology and requires different accounting systems. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is considered to be the Company’s Chief Executive
Officer (“CEO”). The CEO reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis accompanied by disaggregated information about revenues and pre-tax income
or loss by operating segment.

The tables below present information for the fiscal years ended 2019 and 2018.

March 30, 2019 (Dollars in thousands)
Revenue
Interest expense, net
Depreciation and amortization
Income/(loss) before income taxes
Assets

  $

Giga-tronics

Division    

Microsource    

1,935    $
(713)    
257     
(4,627)    
3,979     

9,213    $
—     
7     
3,626     
2,300     

Total  
11,148 
(713)
264 
(1,001)
6,279 

43

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
March 31, 2018 (Dollars in thousands)
Revenue
Interest expense, net
Depreciation and amortization
Capital expenditures
Income/(loss) before income taxes
Assets

  $

Giga-tronics

Division    

Microsource    

2,737    $
(461)    
1,116     
(688)    
(5,847)    
5,253     

7,063    $
—     
1     
—     
2,748     
3,178     

Total  
9,800 
(461)
1,117 
(688)
(3,099)
8,431 

The Company’s Giga-tronics Division and Microsource segments sell to agencies of the U.S. government and U.S. defense- related customers. In fiscal 2019 and 2018,
U.S. government and U.S. defense-related customers accounted for 97% and 88% of sales, respectively. During fiscal 2019, the Boeing Company accounted for 57% of the
Company’s consolidated revenues and was included in the Microsource segment. A second customer, Lockheed Martin Corporation accounted for 26% of the Company’s
consolidated revenues during fiscal 2019 and was also included in the Microsource segment.

During fiscal 2018, the Boeing Company accounted for 29% of the Company’s consolidated revenues and was included in the Microsource segment. A second customer,
CSRA LLC (CSRA acted as Prime Contractor for the United States Navy) accounted for 20% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during fiscal 2018 and was
included in the Giga-tronics Division reporting segment. A third customer, Lockheed Martin accounted for 41% of the Company’s revenue and was included in the
Microsource segment.

Export sales accounted for 1% and 8% of the Company’s sales in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively. Export sales by geographical area for these fiscal years are shown
below:

(Dollars in thousands)
Europe
Asia
Rest of world
Total

11  Loss per Common Share

March 30,

2019    

14    $
12     
68     
94    $

March 31,
2018  
40 
— 
702 
742 

  $

  $

The stock options, restricted stock, convertible preferred stock and warrants not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share (EPS) for the fiscal years ended
March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 is a result of the Company’s net loss and, therefore, the effect of these instruments would be anti-dilutive.

Stock options not included in computation that could potentially dilute EPS in the future
Restricted stock awards not included in computation that could potentially dilute EPS in the future
Convertible preferred stock not included in computation that could potentially dilute EPS in the future
Warrants not included in computation that could potentially dilute EPS in the future

2,735     
335     
11,693     
3,452     
18,215     

1,479 
300 
1,858 
3,960 
7,597 

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
                                                                                                                                
12 Income Taxes

Following are the components of the provision for income taxes for fiscal years ended:

(in thousands)

Current

Federal
State

Deferred 
Federal
State

Change in liability for uncertain tax positions
Change in valuation allowance
Provision for income taxes

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets are as follows:

Fiscal years ended (In thousands)
Net operating loss carryforwards
Income tax credits
Inventory reserves and additional costs capitalized
Accrued vacation
Deferred rent
Non-qualified stock options and restricted stock
Other
Total deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets

March 30,
2019

March 31,
2018

—    $
42     
42     

2     
39     
41     

1     
(42)    
42    $

March 30,

2019    
11,365    $
349     
795     
49     
21     
81     
159     
12,819     

(12,819)    
—    $

— 
2 
2 

5,547 
(393)
5,154 

2 
(5,156)
2 

March 31,
2018  
11,472 
347 
787 
40 
136 
2 
77 
12,861 

(12,861)
— 

  $

  $

  $

  $

The  following  summarizes  the  difference  between  the  income  tax  expense  and  the  amount  computed  by  applying  the  statutory  federal  income  tax  rates  of  21%  and
31.55%, respectively, for the years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, to income before income tax. The items comprising these differences consisted of the
following for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018:

Fiscal years ended
(In thousands except percentages)
Statutory federal income tax (benefit)
Valuation allowance
Effect of reduced corporate tax rates
State income tax, net of federal benefit
Net operating loss expiration
Non-tax deductible expenses
Tax credits
Adoption of ASC 606 adjustment
Other
Effective income tax

March 30, 2019

March 31, 2018

  $

  $

(210)    
(42)    
—     
(70)    
39     
(15)    
(2)    
329     
13     
42     

45

21%   $
4.2 
— 
7.0 
(3.9)
1.5 
0.2 
(32.9)
(1.3)
(4.2)%  $

(955)    
(5,156)    
6,207     
(177)    
—     
46     
(4)    

41     
2     

31.6%
170.1 
(205.3)
5.9 
— 
(1.5)
0.1 

(0.9)
— 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
   
 
   
   
      
  
   
   
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
      
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
  
   
   
 
The decrease in the valuation allowance from March 30, 2019 to March 31, 2018 was $42,000.

As  of  March  30,  2019,  the  Company  had  pre-tax  federal  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  $46,297,000  and  state  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  $23,523,000
available to reduce future taxable income.  The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire from fiscal 2022 through 2038 and from 2029 through
2039, respectively.  Utilization of net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations due to certain ownership change limitations as required by Internal
Revenue  Code  Section  382.    In  addition,  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act  of  2017  imposes  new  limitations  on  the  utilization  of  losses  incurred  in  tax  years  beginning  after
December 31, 2017. The federal income tax credits begin to expire from 2032 through 2037 and state income tax credit carryforwards are carried forward indefinitely.

The Company has recorded a valuation allowance to reflect the estimated amount of deferred tax assets, which may not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred
tax assets is dependent upon generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers both
positive and negative evidence and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

As of March 30, 2019, the Company recorded unrecognized tax benefits of $123,000 related to uncertain tax positions. The unrecognized tax benefit is netted against the
non-current deferred tax asset on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company has not recorded a liability for any penalties or interest related to the unrecognized tax
benefits.

The Company files U.S. federal and California state tax returns. The Company is generally no longer subject to tax examinations for years prior to fiscal year 2014 for
federal purposes and fiscal year 2013 for California purposes, except in certain limited circumstances.

In November 2018, the Franchise Tax Board (“FTB”) issued their final bill regarding their audit findings related to the tax year ending in 2011 disallowing R&D credits.
As a result, the Company adjusted the accrued state tax liability along with the accrued interest to $110,000. The Company has an agreement with the FTB to pay the
balance over six months.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of the liability for uncertain tax positions, excluding potential interest and penalties, is as follows:

(In thousands)
Balance as of beginning of year
Additions based on current year tax positions
Balance as of end of year

  $

  $

    Fiscal Years

2019    

122    $
1     
123    $

2018  
120 
2 
122 

The total amount of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits at March 30, 2019 is not material. The amount of tax benefits that would impact the effective
rate,  if  recognized,  is  not  expected  to  be  material.  The  Company  does  not  anticipate  any  significant  changes  with  respect  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  within  the  next
twelve (12) months.

13 Share-based Compensation and Employee Benefit Plans

Share-based  Compensation During  September  2005,  the  Company  established  its  2005  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  which  provides  for  the  granting  of  stock  options  and
restricted stock for up to 2,850,000 shares of common stock at 100% of fair market value at the date of grant, with each grant requiring approval by the Board of Directors
of the Company. In 2014, the term of the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan was extended to 2025. Options granted generally vest in one or more installments in a four or five
year period and must be exercised while the grantee is employed by the Company or within a certain period after termination of employment (or while providing services
under  a  service  arrangement  in  the  case  of  non-employees).  Options  granted  to  employees  shall  not  have  terms  in  excess  of  10  years  from  the  grant  date.  Holders  of
options may be granted stock appreciation rights (SAR), which entitle them to surrender outstanding options for a cash distribution under certain changes in ownership of
the Company, as defined in the stock option plan. As of March 30, 2019, no SARs have been granted under the option plan. As of March 30, 2019, no further shares of
common stock are available for issuance. All outstanding options have a ten-year life from the date of grant.

On September 20, 2018, our shareholders approved our new 2018 Equity Incentive Plan under which we may issue up to 2,500,000 shares of common stock upon the
exercise of options, stock awards and grants. With the adoption of the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, no further awards will be issued under the Company’s 2005 Equity
Incentive Plan, though all awards under the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan that are outstanding will continue to be governed by the terms, conditions and procedures set forth
in the plan and any applicable award agreement. Option grants under the Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan are no longer available.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options granted generally vest in one or more installments in a four or five-year period and must be exercised while the grantee is employed by the Company (or while
providing services under a service arrangement in the case of non-employees) or within a certain period after termination of employment or service arrangement in the case
of non-employees. Options granted to employees shall not have terms in excess of 10 years from the grant date. Holders of options may be granted SARs, which entitle
them to surrender outstanding awards for a cash distribution under certain changes in ownership of the Company, as defined in the stock option plan. As of March 30,
2019, no SARs have been granted under any option plan. As of March 30, 2019, the total number of shares of common stock available for issuance was 1,686,000. All
outstanding  options  have  a  ten-year  life  from  the  date  of  grant.  The  Company  records  compensation  cost  associated  with  share-based  compensation  equivalent  to  the
estimated fair value of the awards over the requisite service period. 

Stock Options

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 was $0.25 and $0.93, respectively,
and was calculated using the following weighted-average assumptions:

Fiscal years ended
Dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (years)

March 30,
2019  
— 
96%   
2.79%   
8.35 

March 31,
2018  
— 
91%
2.40%
8.35 

A summary of the changes in stock options outstanding for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 is presented below:

(Dollars in thousands except share prices)
Outstanding at March 25, 2017
Granted
Forfeited / Expired
Outstanding at March 31, 2018
Granted
Forfeited / Expired
Outstanding at March 30, 2019

Exercisable at March 30, 2019

At March 30, 2019, expected to vest in the future

Weighted    
Average
Exercise

Price per share    

1.41     
0.34     
1.34     
0.56     
0.31     
0.69     
0.41     

0.66     

0.33     

Shares    
1,104,500    $
856,000     
(481,800)    
1,478,700    $
1,504,000     
(248,000)    
2,734,700    $

662,300    $

1,489,178    $

Weighted
Average
Remaining      
Contractual
Term
(Years)    

6.1    $
10.0     

8.0    $
9.6     

8.4    $

5.1    $

9.4    $

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value  
3 

— 

— 

— 

— 

As of March 30, 2019, there was $362,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the 2005 and 2018 Plans and outside of the
Plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.3 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. There were
211,400 and 143,900 options vested during the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the fiscal
years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 was $90,000 and $163,000, respectively. There were no exercises in fiscal 2019 and 2018. Share based compensation
cost recognized in operating results for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 totaled $121,000 and $144,000, respectively.

Restricted Stock
The Company granted 310,000 restricted awards during the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019. The Company granted 586,950 restricted awards during fiscal 2018. The
restricted stock awards are considered fixed awards as the number of shares and fair value at the grant date are amortized over the requisite service period net of estimated
forfeitures. As of March 30, 2019, there was $111,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a
weighted average period of 0.997 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures. Compensation cost recognized for restricted and unrestricted
stock for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 totaled $125,000 and $107,000, respectively.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
      
  
   
   
  
   
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
   
      
      
      
  
   
 
 
 
A summary of the changes in non-vested restricted stock awards outstanding for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018 is presented below:

Non-vested at March 25, 2017
Granted
Vested
Forfeited or cancelled
Non-vested at March 31, 2018
Granted
Vested
Forfeited or cancelled
Non-vested at March 30, 2019

Shares    

—    $
586,950     
(51,000)    
(236,000)    
299,950    $
310,000     
(250,000)    
(25,000)    
334,950    $

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value  
— 
0.66 
(0.60)
(0.68)
0.65 
0.31 
0.32 
0.79 
0.56 

401(k)  Plan The  Company  has  established  a  401(k)  plan  which  cover  substantially  all  employees.  Participants  may  make  voluntary  contributions  to  the  plan  for  up  to
100%  of  their  defined  compensation.  The  Company  matches  a  percentage  of  the  participant’s  contributions  in  accordance  with  the  plan.  Participants  vest  ratably  in
Company contributions over a four- year period. Company contributions to the plan for fiscal 2019 and 2018 were approximately $18,000 and $27,000, respectively.

14 Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leased a 47,300 square foot facility located in San Ramon, California that expired in April 2017. On January 5, 2017, the Company entered a seventy-seven-
month commercial building lease agreement for a 23,873 square feet facility in Dublin, California. The new lease began on April 1, 2017. The Company’s principal
executive offices along with our marketing, sales, and engineering offices and manufacturing operations were in the Dublin facility as of March 30, 2019.

The Company also leased a 1,200 square foot facility for certain engineering personnel located in Nashua, New Hampshire, which we leased on February 1, 2019 under a
lease agreement which expires on January 31, 2022.

The Company also leases certain other equipment under operating leases.

Total future minimum lease payments under the building leases and certain equipment are as follows.

Fiscal year (Dollars in thousands)
2020
2021
2022
2023
Thereafter
Total

  $

  $

468 
479 
479 
487 
209 
2,122 

The aggregate rental expense was $374,000 and $460,000 in fiscal 2019 and 2018, respectively.

The Company leases certain equipment under capital leases that expire through May 2021. Capital leases with costs totaling $249,000 and $249,000 are reported net of
accumulated depreciation of $228,000 and $174,000 at March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively.

Total future minimum lease payments under these capital leases are as follows.

Fiscal year (Dollars in thousands)
2020
2021
Total

Principal    

Interest    

  $

  $

41    $
23     
64    $

5    $
1     
6    $

Total  
46 
24 
70 

The  Company  is  committed  to  purchase  certain  inventory  under  non-cancelable  purchase  orders. As  of  March  30,  2019,  total  non–cancelable  purchase  orders  were
approximately $1,260,000 and are scheduled to be delivered to the Company at various dates through March 2019.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
15 Warranty Obligations

The  Company  records  a  liability  in  cost  of  sales  for  estimated  warranty  obligations  at  the  date  products  are  sold. Adjustments  are  made  as  new  information  becomes
available. The following provides a reconciliation of changes in the Company’s warranty reserve. The Company provides no other guarantees.

(In thousands)
Balance as of beginning of year
Provision, net
Warranty costs incurred
Balance as of end of year

16 Private Placement Offering

March 30,

2019    

164    $
(7)    
(53)    
104    $

March 31,
2018  
123 
291 
(250)
164 

  $

  $

On January 19, 2016, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement for the sale of 2,787,872 Units, each consisting of one share of common stock and a
warrant  to  purchase  0.75  shares  of  common  stock,  to  approximately  20  private  investors.  The  purchase  price  for  each  Unit  was  $1.24375.  Gross  proceeds  were
approximately $3.5 million. Net proceeds to the Company after fees was approximately $3.1 million. The portion of the purchase price attributable to the common shares
included  in  each  Unit  was  $1.15,  the  consolidated  closing  bid  price  for  the  Company’s  common  stock  on  January  15,  2016.  The  warrant  price  was  $.09375  per  Unit
(equivalent  to  $0.125  per  whole  warrant  share),  with  an  exercise  price  of  $1.15  per  share.  The  term  of  the  warrants  is  five  years  from  the  date  of  completion  of  the
transaction.  Emerging  Growth  Equities,  Ltd  also  received  warrants  to  purchase  292,727  shares  of  common  stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $1.15  per  share  as  part  of  its
consideration for serving as placement agent in connection with the private placement.

17 Preferred Stock and Warrants

Series E Senior Convertible Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock

On  March  26,  2018,  the  Company  entered  into  a  Securities  Purchase Agreement  for  the  sale  of  43,800  shares  of  a  newly  designated  series  of  6.0%  Series  E  Senior
Convertible Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series E Shares”) to approximately 15 private investors. The sale was completed and the Series E Shares were issued on
March 28, 2018.

The purchase price for each Series E Share was $25.00. Gross proceeds received by the Company were approximately $1.095 million (the “Placement”). Net proceeds to
the Company after fees and expenses of the Placement were approximately $1.0 million. Placement agent fees incurred in connection with the transaction were 5% of gross
proceeds or approximately $57,000 in cash, plus warrants to purchase 5% of the number of common shares into which the Series  E  shares  can  be  converted  (223,000
shares) at an exercise price of $0.25 per share.

Each  Series  E  Share  is  initially  convertible  (at  the  option  of  the  holder)  at  a  conversion  price  of  $0.25  per  share  of  common  stock,  representing  100  shares  of  the
Company’s  common  stock  per  each  Series  E  Share.  The  conversion  ratio  is  subject  to  adjustments  for  stock  splits,  stock  dividends,  recapitalizations  and  similar
transactions. As of March 31, 2018, if all 43,800 issued Series E Shares were immediately converted, holders of such shares would acquire 4,380,000 shares of common
stock of the Company, or 31% of the pro forma number of shares of common stock that would be outstanding if the conversion had occurred on this date, 27% of the pro
forma  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  that  would  be  outstanding  upon  the  conversion  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  shares  of  Series  B,  Series  C  and  Series  D
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  (collectively,  the  “Previously  Issued  Preferred  Shares”)  and  22%  of  the  pro  forma  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  that  would  be
outstanding if all shares of preferred stock were converted and all warrants exercised as of this date. The Company is entitled to redeem Series E Shares at a price equal to
300%  of  the  Series  E  Share  purchase  price,  or  $75.00  per  share,  subject  to  potential  adjustment,  but  the  right  to  redeem  is  subject  to  satisfaction  of  certain  conditions
related to the market price and trading volume of the Company’s common stock.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Each Series E Share has a liquidation preference of 150% of the purchase price or $37.50, subject to adjustment. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up
of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, a merger, or a sale of the Company’s MSI business line or Simulation and Electronics Warfare business
line  or  their  related  assets,  before  any  payment  or  distribution  to  holders  of  junior  shares  (including  common  stock  and  Previously  Issued  Preferred  Stock),  holders  of
Series  E  Shares  will  be  entitled  to  receive  an  amount  of  cash  per  share  of  Series  E  Shares  up  to  the  liquidation  preference  plus  all  accumulated  accrued  and  unpaid
dividends thereon. Upon a sale of the Company’s MSI business line or Simulation and Electronics Warfare business line or their related assets, holders of Series E Shares
shall be entitled to receive a pro rata portion of the net sale proceeds after reasonable transaction expenses and amount payable to the Company’s secured creditors for
releases  of  their  liens  on  such  assets,  up  to  the  liquidation  preference  plus  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends.  If  the  payment  per  Series  E  Shares  is  less  than  the  Series  E
Shares’ liquidation preference, the liquidation preference and the Series E Share redemption price will be reduced by the amount of the payment received.

Holders of Series E Shares are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, cumulative preferential dividends, payable semiannual in
cash  at  a  rate  per  annum  equal  to  6.0%  of  the  initial  purchase  price  of  $25.00  per  share  or  in-kind  (at  the  Company’s  election)  through  the  issuance  of  shares  of  the
Company’s common stock, based on the 10 day volume weighted average price of the common stock.

Holders of Series E Shares generally vote together with the common stock on an as-converted basis on each matter submitted to the vote or approval of the holders of
common stock, and vote as a separate class with respect to certain actions that adversely affect the rights of the holders of Series E Shares and on other matters as required
by law. In addition, the approval of the Holders of the Series E shares is generally required prior to the Company’s issuance of any securities having rights senior to or in
parity with the Series E Shares with respect to dividends or liquidation preferences. The Series E Shares’ right to approve parity securities will terminate at such time that
(1) fewer than 22,300 Series E Shares, which is 50% of the number of Series E Shares first issued, remain outstanding or (2) the volume weighted average closing price of
the Company’s common stock for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading day period is $0.75 or more, the average daily trading volume over such 30 trading day period
is 100,000 shares or more and there is either an effective registration statement covering resale of the shares of common stock that holders of Series E Shares would be
entitled to receive upon conversion and any shares received as pay-in-kind dividends, or such share could be freely sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.

The Company and each Series E investor entered into an Investor Rights Agreement. Under this agreement, the Company agreed to, among other things, use best efforts to
file  certain  registration  statements  for  the  resale  of  common  stock  of  the  Company  that  the  investor  may  acquire  upon  conversion  of  the  Series  E  Shares  and  may
potentially receive as payment-in-kind dividends during the two years following the date of the agreement. The Company also agreed that it would not issue additional
debt without the approval by holders of at least 66.6% of the Series E Shares, other than trade debt incurred in the normal course and commercial bank working capital
debt, whether revolving or term debt. Concurrent with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement for the Series E Shares, the Company and PFG entered into a
modification agreement providing for the restructuring of certain terms associated with approximately $1.7 million in indebtedness owed to PFG (see Note 6 – Term Loan
and Warrants).

In  connection  with  the  sale  of  Series  E  Shares,  the  Company  agreed  to  reduce  the  exercise  price  of  certain  warrants  issued  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  private
placement in January 2016 (see Note 16 – Private Placement Offering), in which the Company sold (in part) 2,787,872 warrants (a “2016 Warrant”). Each 2016 Warrant
entitled the holder to purchase 0.75 shares of the Company’s common stock at the price of $1.15 per whole share. The Company agreed to reduce the exercise price of
2016 Warrants that are held by the 2016 Investors purchasing Series E Shares from $1.15 to $0.25 per share as follows: A 2016 Investor purchasing an amount equal to or
exceeding the lesser of $200,000 or 50% of the amount it invested in the 2016 Private Placement will have the exercise price of all of its 2016 Warrants reduced to $0.25,
and 2016 Investors purchasing less than the lesser of $200,000 or 50% of the amount it invested in the January 2016 Private Placement will have the exercise price of a
ratable percentage of the 2016 Warrants reduced to $0.25. In connection with its sale of the Series E Shares, the Company reduced the exercise price of 1,759,268 of the
outstanding 2016 Warrants to $0.25.

The fair value attributable to re-pricing the 2016 Warrants, provided to the participating 2016 Investors, of approximately $203,000, was deducted from the Series E gross
proceeds to arrive at the initial discounted carrying value of the Series E Shares. The initial discounted carrying value resulted in recognition of a beneficial conversion
feature of approximately $557,000, further reducing the initial carrying value of the Series E Shares. The discount to the aggregate stated value of the Series E Shares,
resulting from recognition of the beneficial conversion feature, was immediately accreted as a reduction of common stock and an increase in the carrying value of the
Series E Shares. The accretion is presented as a deemed dividend in the consolidated statements of operations.

In addition, warrants to purchase 292,727 shares of common stock held by the placement agent, as a result of a prior transaction, were amended to reduce the exercise
price from $1.15 per share to $0.25 per share. The fair value attributable to re-pricing the placement agent warrants of approximately $53,000 was recognized as additional
Series E issuance costs and recognized net in the carrying value of Series E Shares.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019, the Company issued an additional 56,200 Series E shares to new investors at a purchase price of $25.00 per share for total
gross  proceeds  of  $1,405,000.  Each  Series  E  Share  is  initially  convertible  (at  the  option  of  the  holder)  at  a  conversion  price  of  $0.25  per  share  of  common  stock,
representing 100 shares of the Company’s common stock per each Series E Share. As of March 30, 2019, 1,600 issued Series E Shares were converted at the request of the
holders and the Company had issued an aggregate of 160,000 common stock upon conversion.

Series B, C, D Convertible Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock and Warrants

On November 10, 2011, the Company received $2,199,000 in cash proceeds from Alara Capital AVI II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Investor”), an
investment vehicle sponsored by Active Value Investors, LLC, under a Securities Purchase Agreement entered into on October 31, 2011. Under the terms of the Securities
Purchase Agreement, the Company issued 9,997 shares of its Series B Convertible Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) to the Investor at a price
of  $220  per  share.  The  Company  has  recorded  $2.0  million  as  Series  B  Preferred  Stock  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  which  is  net  of  stock  offering  costs  of
approximately $202,000 and represents the value attributable to both the convertible preferred stock and warrants issued to the Investor. After considering the value of the
warrants, the effective conversion price of the preferred stock was greater than the common stock price on date of issue and therefore no beneficial conversion feature was
present.

On February 19, 2013, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement pursuant to which it agreed to sell 3,424.65 shares of its Series C Convertible Voting
Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”) to the Investor, for aggregate consideration of $500,000, which is approximately $146.00 per share. The Company
has  recorded  $457,000  as  Series  C  Preferred  Stock  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet,  which  is  net  of  stock  offering  costs  of  approximately  $43,000. As  part  of  this
transaction, the Company and the Investor agreed to reduce the number of shares exercisable under the previously issued warrant, and after considering the reduction in the
value  of  the  warrant,  the  effective  conversion  price  of  the  preferred  stock  was  greater  than  the  common  stock  price  on  the  date  of  issue  and  therefore  no  beneficial
conversion feature was present.

On  July  8,  2013  the  Company  received  $817,000  in  net  cash  proceeds  from  the  Investor  under  a  Securities  Purchase Agreement.  The  Company  sold  to  the  Investor
5,111.86  shares  of  its  Series  D  Convertible  Voting  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  (Series  D  Preferred  Stock)  and  a  warrant  to  purchase  up  to  511,186  additional  shares  of
common stock at the price of $1.43 per share. The allocation of the $858,000 in gross proceeds from issuance of Series D Preferred Stock based on the relative fair values
resulted in an allocation of $498,000 (which was recorded net of $41,000 of issuance costs) to Series D Preferred Stock and $360,000 to Common Stock. In addition,
because the effective conversion rate based on the $498,000 allocated to Series D Preferred Stock was $0.97 per common share which was less than the Company’s stock
price on the date of issuance, a beneficial conversion feature was present at the issuance date. The beneficial conversion feature totaled $238,000 and was recorded as a
reduction of common stock and an increase to accumulated deficit.

Each share of Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock is convertible into one hundred shares of the Company’s common stock. In connection with the preferred
stock issuance described above, the Company issued to the investor warrants to purchase a total of 1,017,405 common shares at an exercise price of $1.43 per share. These
warrants were exercised in February 2015, and May 2015. The Company received funds from Alara in separate closings dated February 16, 2015 and February 23, 2015.
Alara exercised a total of 1,002,818 of its existing Series C and Series D warrants to purchase common shares, all of which had an exercise price of $1.43 per share for
total cash proceeds of $1,434,000, which was recorded net of $42,000 of stock issuance costs. As part of the consideration for this exercise, the Company sold to Alara two
new warrants to purchase an additional 898,634 and 194,437 common shares at an exercise price of $1.78 and $1.76 per share, respectively, for a total purchase price of
$137,000 or $0.125 per share. The new warrants have a term of five years and may be paid in cash or through a cashless net share settlement. The Company and Alara
amended the remaining 14,587 warrants as part of the February closings. On May 14, 2015, Alara exercised the remaining 14,587 warrants by acquiring 7,216 of shares of
the Company’s common stock through a cashless net share settlement.

On  December  31,  2018, Alara  Capital AVI  II,  LLC  effected  an  in-kind  distribution,  without  consideration,  of  all  of  its  shares  of  common  stock,  convertible  preferred
stock and warrants of Giga-tronics Incorporated (“Issuer”) to its limited partners of their respective interests of the Company’s securities held by Alara Capital AVI II,
LLC in connection with the wind-up and dissolution of Alara Capital AVI II, LLC. As a result, Alara Capital AVI II, LLC no longer beneficially owns more than 5% of
the common stock.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents information for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018:

Preferred Stock

As of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018

Series B
Series C
Series D
Series E

Total at March 31, 2018

Series E

Total at March 30, 2019

18 Subsequent Events

None.

Designated    
Shares    
10,000.00     
3,500.00     
6,000.00     
60,000.00     
79,500.00     
40,000.00     
119,500.00     

Shares    
Issued    
9,997.00     
3,424.65     
5,111.86     
43,800.00     
62,333.51     
56,200.00     
118,533.51     

Shares    
Outstanding    

9,997.00    $
3,424.65     
5,111.86     
43,800.00     
62,333.51    $
54,600.00     
116,933.51    $

Liquidation
Preference  
(in thousands) 
2,309 
500 
731 
1,643 
5,183 
2,047 
7,230 

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Giga-tronics Incorporated
Dublin, California

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Giga-tronics Incorporated and subsidiary (collectively the "Company") as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 30, 2019, and the related notes
(collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of the Company as of March 30, 2019 and March 31, 2018, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the two-year period
ended March 30, 2019, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on
our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent
with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an
audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for
the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures
that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.

May 30, 2019

/s/ Armanino LLP
San Ramon, California

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended
(the  “Exchange Act”))  that  are  designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  Company’s  reports  under  the  Exchange Act,  is  recorded,  processed,
summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  SEC’s  rules  and  forms,  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,
including  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  The  Company
periodically reviews the design and effectiveness of its disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting. The Company makes modifications to improve the
design and effectiveness of its disclosure controls and internal control structure, and may take other corrective action, if its reviews identify a need for such modifications or
actions. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives.

As of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K, an evaluation was completed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our
principal executive officer and principal financial officer, regarding the design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, our
management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March
30, 2019.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of Giga-tronics is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company, as such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company's management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
has assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2019. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set
forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in its 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Our internal control over
financial reporting includes policies and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles and that:

•
•

•

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
Company; and
provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of  the  Company's  assets  that  could  have  a
material effect on the financial statements.

Based on the above described procedures and actions taken, the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded
that  as  of  March  30,  2019,  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  based  on  the  criteria  described  in  the  2013  “COSO  Internal  Control  –
Integrated Framework.”

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2019, has not been audited by the Company’s
independent registered public accounting firm. Management’s report is not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to
the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Control

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d- 15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal
quarter ended March 30, 2019, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTOR, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Information regarding the directors, executive officers and corporate governance of the Company is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its
2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019.

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our directors, our chief executive officer, our senior financial officers and our other officers and employees. The code of
ethics is posted on our website under the Governance portion of the Investor Relations section at https://investor.gigatronics.com/governance-docs.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information regarding the Company’s compensation of its executive officers is incorporated herein by  reference  to  the  Company’s  Proxy  Statement  for  its  2019 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related shareholder matters is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy
Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information concerning certain relationships, related transactions and director independence is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its
2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information concerning the Company’s principal accountants is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders,
to be filed no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended March 30, 2019.

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SCHEDULES

(a) The following consolidated financial statements of Giga-tronics Incorporated and the related independent registered public accounting firm are filed herewith:

1. Financial  Statements.  See  Index  to  Financial  Statements  on  page  27.  The  financial  statements  and  Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public Accounting  Firm  are

included in Item 8 are filed as part of this report.

  2. Exhibits. The exhibit list required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Exhibit Index filed with this report.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following exhibits are filed by reference or herewith as a part of this report:

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

3.8

3.9

10.1

10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15
10.16

Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March
27, 1999)
Certificate of Determination of Preferences of Preferred Stock Series A of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-
K for the fiscal year ended March 27, 1999)
Certificate  of  Determination  of  Series  B  Convertible  Voting  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2011)
Certificate  of  Determination  of  Series  C  Convertible  Voting  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 25, 2013)
Certificate  of  Determination  of  Series  D  Convertible  Voting  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  of  the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  to  the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013)
Certificate of Determination of 6.0% Series E Senior Convertible Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1
to the Company's Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2018)
Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Certificate  of  Determination  of  6.0%  Series  E  Senior  Convertible  Voting  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  of  the  Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on August 20, 2018)
Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Certificate  of  Determination  of  6.0%  Series  E  Senior  Convertible  Voting  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  of  the  Company
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on November 27, 2018)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 29,
2008)
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and each of its directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 27, 2010)
2005 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Attachment A to the Company’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed on July 21, 2005) *
Second Amended and Restated Warrant between the Company and Partners for Growth IV, L.P. dated March 26, 2018
Second Amended and Restated Warrant between the Company and SVB Financial Group dated March 26, 2018
Second Amended and Restated Warrant between the Company and PFG Equity Investors, LLC dated March 26, 2018
Securities Purchase Agreement between the Company and Alara Capital AVI II, LLC dated June 27, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 3, 2013)
Securities Purchase Agreement between the Company and Alara Capital AVI II, LLC dated February 16, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2015)
Warrant  to  Purchase  898,634  Shares  of  Common  Stock  between  the  Company  and Alara  Capital AVI  II,  LLC  dated  February  16,  2015  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8- K filed on February 20, 2015)
Warrant  to  Purchase  194,437  Shares  of  Common  Stock  between  the  Company  and Alara  Capital AVI  II,  LLC  dated  February  23,  2015  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8- K filed on February 27, 2015)
Investor Rights Agreement between the Company and Alara Capital AVI II, LLC dated November 10, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2011)
Investor  Rights Agreement  between  the  Company  and Alara  Capital AVI  II,  LLC  dated  July  8,  2013  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on July 12, 2013)
Investor Rights Agreement between the Company and Alara Capital AVI II, LLC dated February 16, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 20, 2015)
Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement and Investor Rights Agreement between the Company and Alara Capital AVI II, LLC dated February
23, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 27, 2015)
Severance Agreement between the Company and John R. Regazzi dated June 3, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2010) *
Severance Agreement between the Company and Tim Ursprung dated July 2, 2018 *
Severance Agreement between the Company and Traci Mitchell dated March 21, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K
filed on March 26, 2019) *

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
10.17

10.18
10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30

10.31
10.32

10.33

10.34

16

21
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2

Severance Agreement between the Company and Armand Pantalone dated March 21, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form
8-K filed on March 26, 2019) *
Severance Agreement between the Company and Lutz Henckels dated April 11, 2019 *
Lease Agreement between the Company and SF II Creekside LLC dated January 5, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form
10-K for the year ended March 31, 2018).
Loan and Security Agreement between the Company and Partners for Growth V, L.P. dated April 27, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the
Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2018).
Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and Spanawave Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q filed on February 8, 2016).
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement dated January 19, 2016, between the Company and individual investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333- 210157) filed on March 14, 2016).
Form  of  Warrant Agreement  dated  January  29,  2016,  between  the  Company  and  individual  investors  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-210157) filed on March 14, 2016.
Investor  Rights  Agreement  dated  January  15,  2016,  between  the  Company  and  individual  investors  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.22  to  the
Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2018)
Investor Rights Agreement dated March 26, 2018, between the Company and the investor parties thereto, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company's Form 8-K filed on March 30, 2018)
Conditional Waiver and Modification to Loan and Security Agreement dated March 26, 2018 between the Company and Partners For Growth (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2018)
Modification  No.  2  to  Loan  and  Security Agreement  dated  December  12,  2018  between  the  Company  and  Partners  for  Growth  V.  L.P.  (incorporated  by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2018)
Modification No. 3 to Loan and Security Agreement dated March 11, 2019 between the Company and Partners for Growth V. L.P. (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 14, 2019)
Amended and Restated Business Financing Agreement between the Company, Microsource, Inc. and Western Alliance Bank (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on March 14, 2019)
Stock Option Award Agreement between the Company and Lutz Henckels dated June 6, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s
Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2018)*
2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Attachment A to the Company’s Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A filed on July 30, 2018) *
Form of Option Agreement for Directors under 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on
February 6, 2019)*
Form  of  Option Agreement  for  Certain  Grants  to  Executive  Officers  under  2018  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the
Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 6, 2019)*
Form of Option Agreement for Employees and Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Form 8-K filed on February 6,
2019)*
Letter from the Company’s former certifying accountants dated January 9, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed
on January 9, 2018)
Significant Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 20 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed on June 19, 2018)
Consent of Armanino LLP
Certification of Chief Executive Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS**
101.SCH**
101.CAL**
101.DEF**
101.LAB**
101.PRE**

XBRL Instance
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation

*     Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**   XBRL information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
In accordance with the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, the Registrant caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

 GIGA-TRONICS INCORPORATED

By:

/s/ JOHN R. REGAZZI
Chief Executive Officer Date

May 30, 2019
Date

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, this annual report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/s/ WILLIAM J. THOMPSON
William J. Thompson

/s/ JOHN R. REGAZZI
John R. Regazzi

/s/ LUTZ P. HENCKELS
Lutz P. Henckels

/s/ TRACI K. MITCHELL
Traci K. Mitchell

/s/ GORDON L. ALMQUIST
Gordon L. Almquist

/s/ JAMIE WESTON
Jamie Weston

Chairman of the Board of
Directors

Chief Executive Officer and
Director

Chief Financial Officer
and Director (Principal 
Financial Officer)

Corporate Controller (Principal
Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

60

May 30, 2019
Date

May 30, 2019
Date

May 30, 2019
Date

May 30, 2019
Date

May 30, 2019
Date

May 30, 2019
Date

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT

Exhibit 10.3

THIS  SECOND AMENDED AND  RESTATED  WARRANT  ("WARRANT")  WAS  ORIGINALLY  SOLD  ON  THE  ISSUE  DATE  IN A  PRIVATE  TRANSACTION
AND IS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF THE SECOND RESTATEMENT DATE, WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED  (THE  “SECURITIES ACT”)  OR  THE  SECURITIES  LAWS  OF ANY  STATE, AND  MAY  BE  OFFERED  OR  SOLD  ONLY  IF  REGISTERED  UNDER
THE  SECURITIES  ACT  AND  SUCH  LAWS  OR  IF  AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  AND  SUCH  LAWS  IS
AVAILABLE.

Company / Issuer:
Number of Shares:
Class of Shares:
Exchange Price:
Issue Date:
Restatement Date:
2nd Restatement Date: March 26, 2018
March 13, 2020
Expiration Date:

Giga-tronics Incorporated, a California corporation
156,000 shares, subject to adjustment
Common Stock, no par value / share
See Section 1.2
March 13, 2014
June 16, 2014

The term “Holder” shall initially refer to Partners for Growth IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, which is the initial holder of this Warrant and shall further

refer to any subsequent permitted holder of this Warrant from time to time.

Giga-tronics Incorporated, a California corporation (the “Company”) does hereby certify and agree that, for the sum of $2,899 paid by Holder on the Issue Date,
which the parties agree was fair consideration for this Warrant, Holder, or its permitted successors and assigns, hereby is entitled to Exercise or Exchange this Warrant (each
as defined below) in the Company for up to One Hundred Fifty-Six (156,000) duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of its Common Stock, no
par value per share (the “Common Stock”) upon the terms and subject to the provisions of this Warrant. The Common Stock issuable upon Exercise or Exchange of this
Warrant  is  referred  to  herein  as  the  “Warrant  Stock”.  Capitalized  terms  used  but  not  defined  in  this  Warrant  have  their  meanings  as  set  forth  in  that  certain  Loan  and
Security Agreement of even date herewith between the Company and Holder (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”), regardless of whether the Loan Agreement is then in
effect. When the term “convert” or “conversion” in relation to the Warrant is used herein, it includes an Exchange and an Exercise, each as defined below, as applicable.

Section 1

Term, Price, Exercise and Exchange of Warrant.

1.1     Term of Warrant. This Warrant shall be convertible from the Issue Date until the Expiration Date.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.2     Exchange Price. The price per share at which the Warrant Stock is issuable upon conversion of this Warrant shall be the lesser of (i) $0.25 per share and (ii)
the exercise price per share under those certain common stock warrants issued to investors as part of Units on or about January 29, 2016, as such exercise price is restated by
agreement of the Company and such investors on or about the 2nd Restatement Date of this Warrant (the “Exchange Price”).

1.3     Exercise of Warrant; Exchange of Warrant.

(a)     This Warrant may be Exercised (as defined below) in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company at its then principal offices in
the United States, together with the form of election to Exchange or Exercise attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Election”) duly completed and executed with “Exercise”
selected as the mode of conversion, and upon payment to the Company of the Exchange Price for the number of shares of Warrant Stock in respect of which this Warrant is
then being converted (an “Exercise”). In lieu of an Exercise, Holder may exchange this Warrant in whole or in part on a cashless basis by indicating so in the Election and
proceeding in accordance with the remainder of this Section 1.3 (an “Exchange”).

exchange for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal to “X” (as defined below), computed using the following formula:

(b)     Upon an Exchange, the Holder shall receive Warrant Stock such that, without the payment of any funds, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant in

Y * (A-B)

X   =

A

Where

X =
Y =
A =
B =
*

= multiplied by

the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Holder
the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be converted under this Warrant
the Fair Market Value of one share of Warrant Stock
the Exchange Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations)

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)     For purposes of this Warrant, the “Fair Market Value” of one share of Warrant Stock shall be (i) if the Company’s Common Stock is becomes listed
on a national stock exchange, the volume weighted average price per share reported on such exchange over the 30 trading-day period prior to the date Holder delivers its
Election to the Company (the “30 Day VWAP”), or (ii) if the Common Stock is traded over-the-counter, the average of the bid and ask price for Common Stock over the 30
trading-day period prior to the date Holder delivers its Election to the Company. If another class or series of Company securities is listed or traded as aforesaid, the Fair
Market Value shall be adjusted based on the ratio that the Warrant Stock converts into such other class or series or such other class or series converts into Warrant Stock, as
appropriate. If the Common Stock is not traded as contemplated in clauses (i) or (ii), above, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Warrant Stock shall be the price per
share of Warrant Stock which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer of Warrant Stock sold by the Company from its authorized but unissued shares, initially as
the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall determine in its reasonable good faith judgment, but in no event less than the price per share at which Common
Stock (or options for Common Stock) are then issuable to Company employees based on a valuation compliant with Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue
Code; provided, however, if Holder disagrees the Fair Market Value of Warrant Stock as determined by the Board, the parties shall jointly engage a valuation expert to value
the Warrant Stock based on a valuation of the Company as a going concern using standard valuation methodologies for the Warrant Stock. If the Warrant is to be converted
in connection with an Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of a share of Warrant Stock shall be based on the enterprise value specified or implied in such Acquisition and
shall be the greater of (A) the value attributable to the Warrant Stock and (B) the value attributable to the Company securities into which the Warrant Stock is (or may be)
convertible (but subject to Holder’s conversion directly into such other Company securities).

(d)     Upon surrender of this Warrant, and the duly completed and executed Election, and payment of the Exchange Price (if an Exercise) or conversion of
this Warrant through Exchange, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver to the Holder or such other person as the Holder may designate in writing a certificate or
certificates for the number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant upon conversion. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have
been issued and any person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Stock as of the date of the surrender of
this Warrant, and the duly completed and executed Election, and payment of the Exchange Price in the case of an Exercise or conversion of this Warrant through Exchange;
provided, that if the date of surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Exchange Price is not a business day, the certificates for the Warrant Stock shall be deemed to have
been issued as of the next business day (whether before or after the Expiration Date). If this Warrant is converted in part, a new warrant of the same tenor and for the number
of shares of Warrant Stock not converted shall be executed by the Company and delivered to Holder.

1.4     Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Warrant Stock upon the conversion of this Warrant. If any fraction of a
share of Warrant Stock would be issuable upon the exchange of this Warrant (or any portion thereof), the Company shall purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal
to the Fair Market Value of the Warrant Stock.

1 . 5     Automatic Exchange on Expiration Date. In the event that, by the Expiration Date, this Warrant has not been fully converted, then this Warrant shall be
deemed Exchanged pursuant to Section 1.3 as to all Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been converted, and the Company shall
promptly deliver a certificate representing the Warrant Stock (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
1.6     Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a)     “Acquisition”.  For  the  purpose  of  this  Warrant,  “Acquisition”  means  any  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the
Company  in  whatever  form,  or  any  reorganization,  consolidation,  or  merger  of  the  Company  (whether  in  a  single  transaction  or  multiple  related  transactions)  where  the
holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction(s).

( b )     Treatment  of  Warrant  at Acquisition.  Upon  the  closing  of  any Acquisition,  at  Holder’s  option:  (i)  if  the  surviving  entity  (if  applicable  in  such
Acquisition) is willing assume the obligations of the Company under this Warrant, then if Holder so elects this Warrant shall be convertible into the same securities as would
be payable for the Warrant Stock issuable upon conversion of the unconverted portion of this Warrant as if such Warrant Stock were outstanding on the record date for the
Acquisition  (and  the  Warrant  Price  and/or  number  of  shares  of  Warrant  Stock  shall  be  adjusted  accordingly);  or  (ii)  the  Company  or  other  surviving  entity  in  such
Acquisition may (in lieu of assuming this Warrant under clause (i)) upon initial closing of such Acquisition purchase this Warrant at its “Fair Value” (the “Purchase Price”).
For  purposes  hereof,  “Fair  Value”  means  that  value  determined  by  the  parties  using  a  Black-Scholes  Option-Pricing  Model  (the  “  Black-Scholes  Calculation”)  with  the
following assumptions: (A) a risk-free interest rate equal to the risk-free interest rate at the time of the closing of the Acquisition (or as close thereto as practicable), (B) a
contractual life of the Warrant equal to the remaining term of this Warrant as of the date of the announcement of the Acquisition, (C) an annual dividend yield equal to
dividends declared on the underlying Warrant Stock (including securities into which the Warrant Stock may be convertible) during the term of this Warrant (calculated on
an annual basis), and (D) a volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company’s Common Stock comprised of: (1) if the Company is publicly traded on a national
securities exchange, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, (2) if the Common Stock is traded over-the-
counter, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, or (3) if the Company is a non-public company, the volatility,
over the one year period prior to the Acquisition, of an average of publicly-traded companies in the same or similar industry to the Company with such companies having
similar revenues. The Purchase Price determined in accordance with the above shall be paid upon the initial closing of the Acquisition and shall not be subject to any post-
Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments;  provided,  however,  the  parties  may  take  such  post-Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments  into  account  in
determining the Purchase Price, and if the parties take any post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments into account, then upon the partial or complete removal of
those  post-Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments,  a  new  Black-Scholes  Calculation  would  be  made  using  all  of  the  same  inputs  except  for  the  value  of  the
Company’s Common Stock (as determined under subclause (D)), and any increase in Fair Value (and, correspondingly, Purchase Price), including, without limitation, as a
result  of  any  earn-out  or  escrowed  consideration,  would  be  paid  in  full  to  Holder  immediately  after  those  post-Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments  can  be
determined or achieved.

4

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.

Exchange and Transfer of Warrant.

(a)          This  Warrant  may  be  transferred,  in  whole  or  in  part,  without  restriction,  subject  to  (i)  Holder’s  compliance  with  applicable  securities  laws
(including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions in legally sufficient and customary form), and (ii) the transferee holder of
the new Warrant assuming in writing the obligations of the Holder and making the representations and warranties set forth in this Warrant. Notwithstanding and without the
necessity of delivering an opinion of counsel, Holder may at any time transfer this Warrant in whole or in part to any affiliate. By its acceptance of this Warrant, each such
affiliate transferee will be deemed to have made to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the
terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. A transfer may be registered with the Company by submission to it of this Warrant, together with the
Assignment  Form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B  duly  completed  and  executed. After  the  Company’s  receipt  of  this  Warrant  and  the Assignment  Form  so  completed  and
executed, the Company will issue and deliver to the transferee a new warrant (representing the portion of this Warrant so transferred) at the same Exchange Price per share
and otherwise having the same terms and provisions as this Warrant, which the Company will register in the new holder’s name. In the event of a partial transfer of this
Warrant,  the  Company  shall  concurrently  issue  and  deliver  to  the  transferring  holder  a  new  warrant  that  entitles  the  transferring  holder  to  purchase  the  balance  of  this
Warrant not so transferred and that otherwise is upon the same terms and conditions as this Warrant. Upon the due delivery of this Warrant for transfer, the transferee holder
shall be deemed for all purposes to have become the holder of the new warrant issued for the portion of this Warrant so transferred, effective immediately prior to the close
of  business  on  the  date  of  such  delivery,  irrespective  of  the  date  of  actual  delivery  of  the  new  warrant  representing  the  portion  of  this  Warrant  so  transferred.
Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any
portion hereof, or any shares issued upon any exercise hereof to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of
the Company by such a direct competitor.

(b)          In  the  event  of  the  loss,  theft  or  destruction  of  this  Warrant,  the  Company  shall  execute  and  deliver  an  identical  new  warrant  to  the  Holder  in
substitution therefor upon the Company’s receipt of (i) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such event and (ii) if requested by the Company, an indemnity
agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company. In the event of the mutilation of or other damage to the Warrant, the Company shall execute and
deliver an identical new warrant to the Holder in substitution therefor upon the Company’s receipt of the mutilated or damaged warrant.

(c)          The  Company  shall  pay  all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  any  conversion  (by  Exercise  or  Exchange),  transfer  or
replacement of this Warrant, including, without limitation, the costs of preparation, execution and delivery of a new warrant and of share certificates representing all Warrant
Stock.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.

Certain Covenants.

providing for the exchange of this Warrant, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient therefor.

(a)     The Company shall at all times reserve for issuance and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of

(b)     The Company will not, by amendment or restatement of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or through reorganization, consolidation, merger,
amalgamation, sale of assets or otherwise, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant. Without limiting the foregoing, the
Company will not increase the par value of any Warrant Stock receivable upon the exchange of this Warrant above the amount payable therefor upon such exchange.

(c)     So long as Holder holds this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder such reports as it provides to its common stockholders generally, as and
when  delivered  to  such  stockholders.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Company  shall  provide  Holder  quarterly  and  annual  financial  statements  upon  request,  if  such
statements are not publicly available. The parties shall not treat the Warrant or the Warrant Stock as being granted or issued as property transferred in connection with the
performance of services or otherwise as compensation for services rendered.

Section 4.

Adjustments to Exchange Price and Number of Shares of Warrant Stock.

4.1     Adjustments. The Exchange Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. Upon each adjustment of the Exchange
Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to acquire upon conversion, at the Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of
shares of Warrant Stock obtainable by multiplying the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock acquirable
immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the new Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment.

4.2     Subdivisions, Combinations and Stock Dividends. If the Company shall at any time subdivide by split-up or otherwise, its outstanding Common Stock into a
greater number of shares, or issue additional Common Stock as a dividend or otherwise with respect to any Common Stock, the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior
to such subdivision or share dividend shall be proportionately reduced and the number of shares acquirable upon Exercise or Exchange hereunder shall be proportionately
increased. Conversely, in case the outstanding Common Stock of the Company shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Exchange Price in effect immediately
prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased and the number of shares acquirable upon Exercise or Exchange hereunder shall be proportionately reduced.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.3     Reclassification, Exchange, Substitutions, Etc. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or
class of the securities issuable upon conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive and the Company shall promptly issue an amended warrant for the number
and  kind  of  securities  and  property  that  Holder  would  have  received  for  the  Warrant  Stock  if  this  Warrant  had  been  converted  immediately  before  such  reclassification,
exchange, substitution, or other event. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments (as determined in good faith by the Board) which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4.3, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or
property issuable upon conversion of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 4.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or
other similar events.

4.4.     Notices of Record Date, Etc. In the event that the Company shall:

(1) declare any dividend upon its Common Stock, whether payable in cash, property, stock or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend, or

(2)  offer  for  sale  to  (but  not  necessarily  exclusively  to)  its  existing  securityholders  any  additional  shares  of  any  class  or  series  of  the  Company’s  stock  or
securities exchangeable for or convertible into such stock in any transaction that would give rise (regardless of waivers thereof) to pre-emptive rights of any class or series of
stockholders, or

(3)  effect  or  approve  (by  stockholder  vote  or  otherwise)  any  reclassification,  exchange,  substitution  or  recapitalization  of  the  capital  stock  of  the  Company,
including any subdivision or combination of its outstanding capital stock, or consolidation or merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to,
another corporation, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up (including an assignment for the benefit of creditors), or

(4) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in any public offering of the Company’s securities,

then, in connection with such event, the Company shall give to Holder:

(i) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such a dividend or offer in

respect of the matters referred to in (1) or (2) above;

(ii) in the case of the matters referred to in (3) above, at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place; and

(iii) in the case of the matter referred to in (4) above, the same notice as is given or required to be given to the holders of such registration rights.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (1) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, the date on which the holders of capital stock shall be entitled
thereto and the terms of such dividend, and such notice in accordance with clause (2) shall also specify the date on which the holders of capital stock shall be entitled to
exchange their capital stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, exchange, substitution, consolidation, merger or sale, as
the case may be, and the terms of such exchange. Each such written notice shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holder of this Warrant at the
address of Holder.

4 . 5     Adjustment by Board. If any event occurs as to which, in the opinion of the Board, the provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable or if strictly
applicable would not fairly protect the rights of the Holder in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make an adjustment
in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such rights, but in no event shall any adjustment have the effect
of  increasing  the  Exchange  Price  as  otherwise  determined  pursuant  to  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Section  4,  except  in  the  case  of  a  combination  of  shares  of  a  type
contemplated in Section 4.2 and then in no event to an amount larger than the Exchange Price as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2.

4 . 6     Officers’ Statement as to Adjustments. Whenever the Exchange Price and/or number of shares of Warrant Stock subject to the Warrant is required to be
adjusted  as  provided  in  this  Section  4,  the  Company  shall  forthwith  file  at  its  principal  office  with  a  copy  to  the  Holder  notice  parties  set  forth  in  Section  9  hereof  a
statement, signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment, the Exchange
Price  and  number  of  issuable  shares  that  will  be  effective  after  such  adjustment;  provided,  however,  such  statement  shall  not  be  required  to  the  extent  the  information
otherwise required by this Section 4.7 is available through the Company’s current reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

4.7     Issue of Securities other than Common Stock. In the event that at any time, as a result of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, Holder thereafter
shall become entitled to receive any securities of the Company, other than Common Stock, the number of such other shares so receivable upon Exercise or Exchange of this
Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Common Stock
contained in this Section 4.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.

Rights and Obligations of the Warrant Holder.

Except as otherwise specified in this Warrant, this Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any rights of a holder of Common Stock in the Company until such time

as this Warrant is exchanged or exercised.

Section 6.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Holder that:

6 . 1      Corporate Power; Authorization. The Company has all requisite corporate power and has taken all requisite corporate action to execute and deliver this
Warrant, to sell and issue the Warrant and Warrant Stock and to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered on behalf of the Company by the person executing this Warrant and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with
its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and
(ii) as limited by equitable principles generally.

6.2     Validity of Securities. The issuance and delivery of the Warrant is not subject to preemptive or any similar rights of the stockholders of the Company (which
have not been duly waived) or any liens or encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws; and
when the Warrant Stock is issued upon conversion by Exercise or Exchange in accordance with the terms hereof, and this Warrant is converted into Warrant Stock, such
securities will be, at each such issuance, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, in compliance with all applicable securities laws and free of any liens or encumbrances
except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

6.3     Capitalization. The authorized capital of the Company consists of 40,000,000 common shares, of which 10,182,153 (as of 2/2/18) are issued and outstanding,
1,000,000 Preferred Shares, no par value per share, of which 18,533.51 are issued and outstanding, of which (i) 250,000 are designated as Series A Preferred Shares and
none  are  issued  and  outstanding,  (ii)  10,000  are  designated  as  Series  B  Preferred  Shares  and  9,997  are  issued  and  outstanding,  (iii)  3,500  are  designated  as  Series  C
Preferred  Shares  and  3424.65  are  issued  and  outstanding  (iv)  6,000  are  designated  as  Series  D  Preferred  Shares  and  5,111.86  are  issued  and  outstanding.  Each  share  of
preferred stock can convert into 100 shares of common. Common stock warrants totaling 3,736,702 have been granted in association with the Preferred Share purchases,
Common share purchases (including placement agent commissions) and PFG debt issuance. As of the date hereof, the Company has reserved a total of 2,850,000 shares of
its Common Stock for issuance under its 2005 Plan, of which 1,177,667 shares (including 450,450 shares of restricted stock) are outstanding and 1,672,333 are reserved for
future  grants. A  true,  correct  and  current  copy  of  the  Company’s  current  Restated Articles  of  Incorporation  is  appended  as  Exhibit C  hereto.  Except  as  specified  in  this
Agreement  or  as  disclosed  in Exhibit D  hereto,  including  with  respect  to  a  pending  Series  E  Preferred  Share  financing,  there  are  no  other  options,  warrants,  conversion
privileges  or  other  contractual  rights  presently  outstanding  to  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  authorized  but  unissued  shares  of  the  Company's  capital  stock  or  other
securities.  Exhibit D hereto sets forth a capitalization table of the Company which is true, correct accurate, complete and materially consistent with this Section 6.3 as of the
date hereof.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 . 4     No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with, or
result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to
a  loss  of  a  material  benefit,  under,  any  provision  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws  of  the  Company  or  any  mortgage,  indenture,  lease  or  other  agreement  or
instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, its properties or assets, in
each case, the effect of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or materially impair or restrict its power to perform its obligations as contemplated
hereby.

6.5     Governmental and other Consents. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any
governmental authority or other person or entity is required on the part of the Company in connection with the issuance, sale and delivery of the Warrant and the Warrant
Stock, except such filings pursuant to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and applicable state securities laws, which have been made
or will be made in a timely manner. All stockholder consents required in connection with issuance of the Warrant and Warrant Stock have either been obtained by Company
or no such consents are required.

6 . 6     Exempt  from  Registration. Assuming  the  accuracy  of  the  representations  and  warranties  of  Holder  in  Section  7  hereof,  the  offer,  sale  and  issuance  of
the Warrant and the Warrant Stock will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and
from the registration and qualification requirements of applicable state securities laws. Neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers
to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of such securities to any person or persons so as to bring the offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant or the
Warrant Stock by the Company within the registration provisions of the Securities Act.

6 . 7     Delivery  of  Information; Accuracy.  The  Company  acknowledges  its  delivery  of  certain  Representations  and  Warranties  dated  as  of  the  date  hereof  (the
“Representations Letter”) to Holder, which Representations and Warranties form the basis for Holder purchasing the Warrant. The information contained therein and in all
documents, instruments and other information delivered to Holder in connection therewith are true, correct, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the Issue
Date.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
6.11     Legends. The Company shall remove any restrictive securities legends on Warrant Stock resulting from conversion of this Warrant as soon as permitted by

applicable law.

Section 7.          Representations and Warranties of Holder. Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as of the Closing Date as follows:

7 . 1     Investment Experience. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act, and was not organized for the specific
purpose of acquiring the Securities. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it
considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has
had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities
and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify
any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access. Holder has such business and financial experience as is required to give it the capacity to protect its own
interests in connection with the purchase of the Securities.

7 . 2     Investment Intent. Holder is purchasing the Warrant for investment for its own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any
“distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act. Holder understands that the Warrant has not been registered under the Securities Act or registered or qualified
under  any  state  securities  law  in  reliance  on  specific  exemptions  therefrom,  which  exemptions  may  depend  upon,  among  other  things,  the  bona  fide  nature  of  Holder's
investment intent as expressed herein.

7 . 3     Authorization. Holder has all requisite power and has taken all requisite action required of it to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. The
execution and delivery of this Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Holder and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Holder,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and (ii) as limited by equitable principles generally. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the fulfillment of the terms
herein will not result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of Holder's constitutional documents or instruments.

7.4     The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a
specific  exemption  therefrom,  which  exemption  depends  upon,  among  other  things,  the  bona  fide  nature  of  the  Holder’s  investment  intent  as  expressed  herein.  Holder
understands that this Warrant and the Warrant Stock issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified
under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144
promulgated under the Act.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.5      No Voting Rights. Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the conversion in whole or in part of this Warrant.

Section 8.

Restricted Stock Legend.

This Warrant and the Warrant Stock have not been registered under any securities laws. Accordingly, any share certificates issued pursuant to the conversion of this

Warrant shall (until receipt of an opinion of counsel in customary form that such legend is no longer necessary) bear the following legend:

THIS  WARRANT AND  THE  WARRANT  STOCK  ISSUABLE  UPON  CONVERSION  HEREOF  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE
SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933  (THE  “ACT”),  AND  HAVE  BEEN  ACQUIRED  FOR  INVESTMENT  AND  NOT  WITH  A  VIEW  TO,  OR  IN
CONNECTION WITH, THE OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE, TRANSFER OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE
EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN CUSTOMARY
FORM THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

Section 9.

Notices.

Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given here shall be in writing and shall be effective (a) upon hand delivery or delivery by e-mail or
facsimile at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or the first business
day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or (b) on the third business day
following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The
addresses for such communication shall be:

if to Holder, at

Partners for Growth IV, L.P.
1660 Tiburon Blvd., Suite D
Tiburon, California 94920
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: (415) 781-0510
Email: notices@pfgrowth.com

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with a copy (not constituting notice) to

Greenspan Law Office
Attn: Benjamin Greenspan, Esq.
620 Laguna Road
Mill Valley, CA 94941
Fax: (415) 738-5371
Email: ben@greenspan-law.com

with the original of this Warrant and any replacement, restatement or reissue of this Warrant to be delivered to:

Robert W. Baird & Co., Inc.
555 California Street, Suite 4900
San Francisco, CA 94104
ATTN: John Fitzgibbons
Phone # 415-627-3225
Email: JFitzgibbons@rwbaird.com

or

if to the Company, at

Giga-tronics Incorporated
5990 Gleason Drive
Dublin CA, 94568
Title: CEO
Name: John Regazzi
Email: jregazzi@gigatronics.com
Fax: 925-328-4789

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP
Four Embarcadero Center, 17th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
Fax: 415-403-6050
Attn: Thomas Reddy
Email: TReddy@sheppardmullin.com

Each party hereto may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section 9 by giving at least 10 calendar days’ notice of such changes address to the other
party hereto.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 10.

Amendments and Waivers.

This  Warrant  and  any  term  hereof  may  be  changed,  waived,  discharged  or  terminated  only  by  an  instrument  in  writing  signed  by  the  party  against  which

enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. This Warrant may only be amended by an instrument in writing signed by both parties.

Section 11.

Applicable Law; Severability.

This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If any one or more of the provisions contained
in this Warrant, or any application of any provision thereof, shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions contained herein and all other applications of any provision thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.

Construction; Headings.

The terms “Exercise” and “Exchange” may be used interchangeably from time to time in this Warrant, the only substantive difference being that the exercise of
rights  under  this  Warrant  by  Exercise  will  require  payment  of  cash  consideration  per  share  equal  to  the  Exchange  Price.  The  headings  used  in  this  Warrant  are  for  the
convenience of the parties only and shall not be used in construing the provisions hereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this SECOND Amended and Restated Warrant to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

Giga-tronics Incorporated

By: ____________________________

Name: _________________________

Title: __________________________

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

HOLDER:

Partners for Growth IV, L.P.

By: _______________________
      ___________________, Manager of
      Partners for Growth IV, LLC,
      Its General Partner

Warrant (2nd A&R) Signature Page

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To:   

                              ELECTION TO EXCHANGE OR EXERCISE

Exhibit A

1.     The undersigned hereby exercises its right to Exchange its Warrant for _________________ fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable shares of Warrant Stock in
accordance with the terms thereof.

1.     The undersigned hereby elects to Exercise the attached Warrant for fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable shares of Warrant Stock by payment of $__________
as specified in the attached Warrant. This right is exercised with respect to ___________ of shares.

         [Strike the paragraph above that does not apply.]

The undersigned requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to:

                       ______________________
                       ______________________
                       ______________________

2.     By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, the undersigned hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Warrant as of
the date hereof.

Date: _____________________

 [Holder]

By _________________________

Name:
Title:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To:  

        The undersigned hereby assigns and transfers this Warrant to

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal code)

and irrevocably appoints                                                                                     to transfer this Warrant on the books of the Company.

Date:                                           

Partners for Growth IV, L.P.

By                                                       
Name:                                 , Manager of
Partners for Growth IV, LLC, Its General Partner

 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                    
 
                                                                                                                                              
                                                                                                                                              
 
                                                                                                                                              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit C

Articles of Incorporation

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit D
Capitalization Table

Common - Issued and Outstanding
PFG Shares
Common - Alara Warrants Exercised at $1.43
Common Shares issued to EGE for E-series

Total common outstanding

Alara Series B Preferred - As converted, liquidation preference of $2.30
Alara Series C Preferred - As converted, liquidation preference of $1.46
Alara Series D Preferred - As converted, liquidation preference of $1.43
Series E-As converted, assumes $1.1M investment
Total converted preferred outstanding

Common Warrants - PFG at $1.42 will be repriced to 25 cents
Common Warrants - Alara at $1.78
Common Warrants - Alara at $1.76
Common Warrants - EGE Investors at $1.15, will be repriced to 25 cents
Common Warrants - EGE Commission at $1.15, will be repriced to 25 cents

Total common warrants outstanding

Option Pool
Common Stock Options Outstanding - Average price $1.44
Restricted Stock Awards Outstanding
Total Options outstanding

Fully Diluted

Fully Diluted

Shares

Ownership%

8,584,169     
360,000     
1,010,034     
220,000     
10,174,203     

999,700     
342,465     
511,186     
4,400,000     
6,253,351     

260,000     
898,634     
194,437     
2,090,904     
292,727     
3,736,702     

1,231,777     
679,100     
375,450     
2,286,327     

38.2%
1.6%
4.5%
1.0%
45.3%

4.5%
1.5%
2.3%
19.6%
27.9%

1.2%
4.0%
0.9%
9.3%
1.3%
16.6%

5.5%
3.0%
1.7%

22,450,583     

100.0%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
  
 
     
       
 
   
 
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT

Exhibit 10.4

THIS  SECOND AMENDED AND  RESTATED  WARRANT  ("WARRANT")  WAS  ORIGINALLY  SOLD  ON  THE  ISSUE  DATE  IN A  PRIVATE  TRANSACTION
AND IS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF THE SECOND RESTATEMENT DATE, WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED  (THE  “SECURITIES ACT”)  OR  THE  SECURITIES  LAWS  OF ANY  STATE, AND  MAY  BE  OFFERED  OR  SOLD  ONLY  IF  REGISTERED  UNDER
THE  SECURITIES  ACT  AND  SUCH  LAWS  OR  IF  AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  AND  SUCH  LAWS  IS
AVAILABLE.

Company / Issuer:
Number of Shares:
Class of Shares:
Exchange Price:
Issue Date:
Restatement Date:
2nd Restatement Date: March 26, 2018
March 13, 2020
Expiration Date:

Giga-tronics Incorporated, a California corporation
91,520 shares, subject to adjustment
Common Stock, no par value / share
See Section 1.2
March 13, 2014
June 16, 2014

The term “Holder” shall initially refer to SVB Financial Group (by assignment on the Issue Date from its Affiliate, Silicon Valley Bank, a California corporation),

which is the initial holder of this Warrant and shall further refer to any subsequent permitted holder of this Warrant from time to time.

Giga-tronics  Incorporated,  a  California  corporation  (the  “Company”)  does  hereby  certify  and  agree  that  for  good  and  valuable  consideration,  Holder,  or  its
permitted successors and assigns, hereby is entitled to Exercise or Exchange this Warrant (each as defined below) in the Company for up to Ninety-One Thousand Five
Hundred Twenty (91,520) duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of its Common Stock, no par value per share (the “Common Stock”) upon the
terms and subject to the provisions of this Warrant. The Common Stock issuable upon Exercise or Exchange of this Warrant is referred to herein as the “Warrant Stock”.
Capitalized  terms  used  but  not  defined  in  this  Warrant  have  their  meanings  as  set  forth  in  that  certain  Loan  and  Security Agreement  of  even  date  herewith  between  the
Company and Partners for Growth IV, L.P. (the “Loan Agreement”), regardless of whether the Loan Agreement is then in effect. When the term “convert” or “conversion”
in relation to the Warrant is used herein, it includes an Exchange and an Exercise, each as defined below, as applicable.

Section 1

Term, Price, Exercise and Exchange of Warrant.

1.1     Term of Warrant. This Warrant shall be convertible from the Issue Date until the Expiration Date.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.2     Exchange Price. The price per share at which the Warrant Stock is issuable upon conversion of this Warrant shall be the lesser of (i) $0.25 per share and (ii)
the exercise price per share under those certain common stock warrants issued to investors as part of Units on or about January 29, 2016, as such exercise price is restated by
agreement of the Company and such investors on or about the 2nd Restatement Date of this Warrant (the “Exchange Price”).

1.3     Exercise of Warrant; Exchange of Warrant.

(a)     This Warrant may be Exercised (as defined below) in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company at its then principal offices in
the United States, together with the form of election to Exchange or Exercise attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Election”) duly completed and executed with “Exercise”
selected as the mode of conversion, and upon payment to the Company of the Exchange Price for the number of shares of Warrant Stock in respect of which this Warrant is
then being converted (an “Exercise”). In lieu of an Exercise, Holder may exchange this Warrant in whole or in part on a cashless basis by indicating so in the Election and
proceeding in accordance with the remainder of this Section 1.3 (an “Exchange”).

exchange for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal to “X” (as defined below), computed using the following formula:

(b)     Upon an Exchange, the Holder shall receive Warrant Stock such that, without the payment of any funds, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant in

Y * (A-B)

X   =

A

Where

X =
Y =
A =
B =
*

= multiplied by

the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Holder
the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be converted under this Warrant
the Fair Market Value of one share of Warrant Stock
the Exchange Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations)

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)     For purposes of this Warrant, the “Fair Market Value” of one share of Warrant Stock shall be (i) if the Company’s Common Stock is becomes listed
on a national stock exchange, the volume weighted average price per share reported on such exchange over the 30 trading-day period prior to the date Holder delivers its
Election to the Company (the “30 Day VWAP”), or (ii) if the Common Stock is traded over-the-counter, the average of the bid and ask price for Common Stock over the 30
trading-day period prior to the date Holder delivers its Election to the Company. If another class or series of Company securities is listed or traded as aforesaid, the Fair
Market Value shall be adjusted based on the ratio that the Warrant Stock converts into such other class or series or such other class or series converts into Warrant Stock, as
appropriate. If the Common Stock is not traded as contemplated in clauses (i) or (ii), above, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Warrant Stock shall be the price per
share of Warrant Stock which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer of Warrant Stock sold by the Company from its authorized but unissued shares, initially as
the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall determine in its reasonable good faith judgment, but in no event less than the price per share at which Common
Stock (or options for Common Stock) are then issuable to Company employees based on a valuation compliant with Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue
Code; provided, however, if Holder disagrees the Fair Market Value of Warrant Stock as determined by the Board, the parties shall jointly engage a valuation expert to value
the Warrant Stock based on a valuation of the Company as a going concern using standard valuation methodologies for the Warrant Stock. If the Warrant is to be converted
in connection with an Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of a share of Warrant Stock shall be based on the enterprise value specified or implied in such Acquisition and
shall be the greater of (A) the value attributable to the Warrant Stock and (B) the value attributable to the Company securities into which the Warrant Stock is (or may be)
convertible (but subject to Holder’s conversion directly into such other Company securities).

(d)     Upon surrender of this Warrant, and the duly completed and executed Election, and payment of the Exchange Price (if an Exercise) or conversion of
this Warrant through Exchange, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver to the Holder or such other person as the Holder may designate in writing a certificate or
certificates for the number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant upon conversion. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have
been issued and any person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Stock as of the date of the surrender of
this Warrant, and the duly completed and executed Election, and payment of the Exchange Price in the case of an Exercise or conversion of this Warrant through Exchange;
provided, that if the date of surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Exchange Price is not a business day, the certificates for the Warrant Stock shall be deemed to have
been issued as of the next business day (whether before or after the Expiration Date). If this Warrant is converted in part, a new warrant of the same tenor and for the number
of shares of Warrant Stock not converted shall be executed by the Company and delivered to Holder.

1.4     Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Warrant Stock upon the conversion of this Warrant. If any fraction of a
share of Warrant Stock would be issuable upon the exchange of this Warrant (or any portion thereof), the Company shall purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal
to the Fair Market Value of the Warrant Stock.

1 . 5     Automatic Exchange on Expiration Date. In the event that, by the Expiration Date, this Warrant has not been fully converted, then this Warrant shall be
deemed Exchanged pursuant to Section 1.3 as to all Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been converted, and the Company shall
promptly deliver a certificate representing the Warrant Stock (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
1.6     Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a)     “Acquisition”.  For  the  purpose  of  this  Warrant,  “Acquisition”  means  any  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the
Company  in  whatever  form,  or  any  reorganization,  consolidation,  or  merger  of  the  Company  (whether  in  a  single  transaction  or  multiple  related  transactions)  where  the
holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction(s).

( b )     Treatment  of  Warrant  at Acquisition.  Upon  the  closing  of  any Acquisition,  at  Holder’s  option:  (i)  if  the  surviving  entity  (if  applicable  in  such
Acquisition) is willing assume the obligations of the Company under this Warrant, then if Holder so elects this Warrant shall be convertible into the same securities as would
be payable for the Warrant Stock issuable upon conversion of the unconverted portion of this Warrant as if such Warrant Stock were outstanding on the record date for the
Acquisition  (and  the  Warrant  Price  and/or  number  of  shares  of  Warrant  Stock  shall  be  adjusted  accordingly);  or  (ii)  the  Company  or  other  surviving  entity  in  such
Acquisition may (in lieu of assuming this Warrant under clause (i)) upon initial closing of such Acquisition purchase this Warrant at its “Fair Value” (the “Purchase Price”).
For  purposes  hereof,  “Fair  Value”  means  that  value  determined  by  the  parties  using  a  Black-Scholes  Option-Pricing  Model  (the  “  Black-Scholes  Calculation”)  with  the
following assumptions: (A) a risk-free interest rate equal to the risk-free interest rate at the time of the closing of the Acquisition (or as close thereto as practicable), (B) a
contractual life of the Warrant equal to the remaining term of this Warrant as of the date of the announcement of the Acquisition, (C) an annual dividend yield equal to
dividends declared on the underlying Warrant Stock (including securities into which the Warrant Stock may be convertible) during the term of this Warrant (calculated on
an annual basis), and (D) a volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company’s Common Stock comprised of: (1) if the Company is publicly traded on a national
securities exchange, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, (2) if the Common Stock is traded over-the-
counter, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, or (3) if the Company is a non-public company, the volatility,
over the one year period prior to the Acquisition, of an average of publicly-traded companies in the same or similar industry to the Company with such companies having
similar revenues. The Purchase Price determined in accordance with the above shall be paid upon the initial closing of the Acquisition and shall not be subject to any post-
Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments;  provided,  however,  the  parties  may  take  such  post-Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments  into  account  in
determining the Purchase Price, and if the parties take any post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments into account, then upon the partial or complete removal of
those  post-Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments,  a  new  Black-Scholes  Calculation  would  be  made  using  all  of  the  same  inputs  except  for  the  value  of  the
Company’s Common Stock (as determined under subclause (D)), and any increase in Fair Value (and, correspondingly, Purchase Price), including, without limitation, as a
result  of  any  earn-out  or  escrowed  consideration,  would  be  paid  in  full  to  Holder  immediately  after  those  post-Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments  can  be
determined or achieved.

4

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.

Exchange and Transfer of Warrant.

(a)          This  Warrant  may  be  transferred,  in  whole  or  in  part,  without  restriction,  subject  to  (i)  Holder’s  compliance  with  applicable  securities  laws
(including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions in legally sufficient and customary form), and (ii) the transferee holder of
the new Warrant assuming in writing the obligations of the Holder and making the representations and warranties set forth in this Warrant. Notwithstanding and without the
necessity of delivering an opinion of counsel, Holder may at any time transfer this Warrant in whole or in part to any affiliate. By its acceptance of this Warrant, each such
affiliate transferee will be deemed to have made to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the
terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. A transfer may be registered with the Company by submission to it of this Warrant, together with the
Assignment  Form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B  duly  completed  and  executed. After  the  Company’s  receipt  of  this  Warrant  and  the Assignment  Form  so  completed  and
executed, the Company will issue and deliver to the transferee a new warrant (representing the portion of this Warrant so transferred) at the same Exchange Price per share
and otherwise having the same terms and provisions as this Warrant, which the Company will register in the new holder’s name. In the event of a partial transfer of this
Warrant,  the  Company  shall  concurrently  issue  and  deliver  to  the  transferring  holder  a  new  warrant  that  entitles  the  transferring  holder  to  purchase  the  balance  of  this
Warrant not so transferred and that otherwise is upon the same terms and conditions as this Warrant. Upon the due delivery of this Warrant for transfer, the transferee holder
shall be deemed for all purposes to have become the holder of the new warrant issued for the portion of this Warrant so transferred, effective immediately prior to the close
of  business  on  the  date  of  such  delivery,  irrespective  of  the  date  of  actual  delivery  of  the  new  warrant  representing  the  portion  of  this  Warrant  so  transferred.
Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any
portion hereof, or any shares issued upon any exercise hereof to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of
the Company by such a direct competitor.

(b)          In  the  event  of  the  loss,  theft  or  destruction  of  this  Warrant,  the  Company  shall  execute  and  deliver  an  identical  new  warrant  to  the  Holder  in
substitution therefor upon the Company’s receipt of (i) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such event and (ii) if requested by the Company, an indemnity
agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company. In the event of the mutilation of or other damage to the Warrant, the Company shall execute and
deliver an identical new warrant to the Holder in substitution therefor upon the Company’s receipt of the mutilated or damaged warrant.

(c)          The  Company  shall  pay  all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  any  conversion  (by  Exercise  or  Exchange),  transfer  or
replacement of this Warrant, including, without limitation, the costs of preparation, execution and delivery of a new warrant and of share certificates representing all Warrant
Stock.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.

Certain Covenants.

providing for the exchange of this Warrant, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient therefor.

(a)     The Company shall at all times reserve for issuance and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of

(b)     The Company will not, by amendment or restatement of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or through reorganization, consolidation, merger,
amalgamation, sale of assets or otherwise, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant. Without limiting the foregoing, the
Company will not increase the par value of any Warrant Stock receivable upon the exchange of this Warrant above the amount payable therefor upon such exchange.

(c)     So long as Holder holds this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder such reports as it provides to its common stockholders generally, as and
when  delivered  to  such  stockholders.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Company  shall  provide  Holder  quarterly  and  annual  financial  statements  upon  request,  if  such
statements are not publicly available. The parties shall not treat the Warrant or the Warrant Stock as being granted or issued as property transferred in connection with the
performance of services or otherwise as compensation for services rendered.

Section 4.

Adjustments to Exchange Price and Number of Shares of Warrant Stock.

4.1     Adjustments. The Exchange Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. Upon each adjustment of the Exchange
Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to acquire upon conversion, at the Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of
shares of Warrant Stock obtainable by multiplying the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock acquirable
immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the new Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment.

4.2     Subdivisions, Combinations and Stock Dividends. If the Company shall at any time subdivide by split-up or otherwise, its outstanding Common Stock into a
greater number of shares, or issue additional Common Stock as a dividend or otherwise with respect to any Common Stock, the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior
to such subdivision or share dividend shall be proportionately reduced and the number of shares acquirable upon Exercise or Exchange hereunder shall be proportionately
increased. Conversely, in case the outstanding Common Stock of the Company shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Exchange Price in effect immediately
prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased and the number of shares acquirable upon Exercise or Exchange hereunder shall be proportionately reduced.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.3     Reclassification, Exchange, Substitutions, Etc. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or
class of the securities issuable upon conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive and the Company shall promptly issue an amended warrant for the number
and  kind  of  securities  and  property  that  Holder  would  have  received  for  the  Warrant  Stock  if  this  Warrant  had  been  converted  immediately  before  such  reclassification,
exchange, substitution, or other event. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments (as determined in good faith by the Board) which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4.3, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or
property issuable upon conversion of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 4.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or
other similar events.

4.4.     Notices of Record Date, Etc. In the event that the Company shall:

(1) declare any dividend upon its Common Stock, whether payable in cash, property, stock or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend, or

(2)  offer  for  sale  to  (but  not  necessarily  exclusively  to)  its  existing  securityholders  any  additional  shares  of  any  class  or  series  of  the  Company’s  stock  or
securities exchangeable for or convertible into such stock in any transaction that would give rise (regardless of waivers thereof) to pre-emptive rights of any class or series of
stockholders, or

(3)  effect  or  approve  (by  stockholder  vote  or  otherwise)  any  reclassification,  exchange,  substitution  or  recapitalization  of  the  capital  stock  of  the  Company,
including any subdivision or combination of its outstanding capital stock, or consolidation or merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to,
another corporation, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up (including an assignment for the benefit of creditors), or

(4) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in any public offering of the Company’s securities,

then, in connection with such event, the Company shall give to Holder:

(i) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such a dividend or offer in

respect of the matters referred to in (1) or (2) above;

(ii) in the case of the matters referred to in (3) above, at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place; and

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii) in the case of the matter referred to in (4) above, the same notice as is given or required to be given to the holders of such registration rights.

Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (1) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, the date on which the holders of capital stock shall be entitled
thereto and the terms of such dividend, and such notice in accordance with clause (2) shall also specify the date on which the holders of capital stock shall be entitled to
exchange their capital stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, exchange, substitution, consolidation, merger or sale, as
the case may be, and the terms of such exchange. Each such written notice shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holder of this Warrant at the
address of Holder.

4 . 5     Adjustment by Board. If any event occurs as to which, in the opinion of the Board, the provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable or if strictly
applicable would not fairly protect the rights of the Holder in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make an adjustment
in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such rights, but in no event shall any adjustment have the effect
of  increasing  the  Exchange  Price  as  otherwise  determined  pursuant  to  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Section  4,  except  in  the  case  of  a  combination  of  shares  of  a  type
contemplated in Section 4.2 and then in no event to an amount larger than the Exchange Price as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2.

4 . 6     Officers’ Statement as to Adjustments. Whenever the Exchange Price and/or number of shares of Warrant Stock subject to the Warrant is required to be
adjusted  as  provided  in  this  Section  4,  the  Company  shall  forthwith  file  at  its  principal  office  with  a  copy  to  the  Holder  notice  parties  set  forth  in  Section  9  hereof  a
statement, signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment, the Exchange
Price  and  number  of  issuable  shares  that  will  be  effective  after  such  adjustment;  provided,  however,  such  statement  shall  not  be  required  to  the  extent  the  information
otherwise required by this Section 4.7 is available through the Company’s current reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

4.7     Issue of Securities other than Common Stock. In the event that at any time, as a result of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, Holder thereafter
shall become entitled to receive any securities of the Company, other than Common Stock, the number of such other shares so receivable upon Exercise or Exchange of this
Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Common Stock
contained in this Section 4.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.

Rights and Obligations of the Warrant Holder.

Except as otherwise specified in this Warrant, this Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any rights of a holder of Common Stock in the Company until such time

as this Warrant is exchanged or exercised.

Section 6.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Holder that:

6 . 1      Corporate Power; Authorization. The Company has all requisite corporate power and has taken all requisite corporate action to execute and deliver this
Warrant, to sell and issue the Warrant and Warrant Stock and to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered on behalf of the Company by the person executing this Warrant and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with
its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and
(ii) as limited by equitable principles generally.

6.2     Validity of Securities. The issuance and delivery of the Warrant is not subject to preemptive or any similar rights of the stockholders of the Company (which
have not been duly waived) or any liens or encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws; and
when the Warrant Stock is issued upon conversion by Exercise or Exchange in accordance with the terms hereof, and this Warrant is converted into Warrant Stock, such
securities will be, at each such issuance, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, in compliance with all applicable securities laws and free of any liens or encumbrances
except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

6.3     Capitalization. The authorized capital of the Company consists of 40,000,000 common shares, of which 10,182,153 (as of 2/2/18) are issued and outstanding,
1,000,000 Preferred Shares, no par value per share, of which 18,533.51 are issued and outstanding, of which (i) 250,000 are designated as Series A Preferred Shares and
none  are  issued  and  outstanding,  (ii)  10,000  are  designated  as  Series  B  Preferred  Shares  and  9,997  are  issued  and  outstanding,  (iii)  3,500  are  designated  as  Series  C
Preferred  Shares  and  3424.65  are  issued  and  outstanding  (iv)  6,000  are  designated  as  Series  D  Preferred  Shares  and  5,111.86  are  issued  and  outstanding.  Each  share  of
preferred stock can convert into 100 shares of common. Common stock warrants totaling 3,736,702 have been granted in association with the Preferred Share purchases,
Common share purchases (including placement agent commissions) and PFG debt issuance. As of the date hereof, the Company has reserved a total of 2,850,000 shares of
its Common Stock for issuance under its 2005 Plan, of which 1,177,667 shares (including 450,450 shares of restricted stock) are outstanding and 1,672,333 are reserved for
future  grants. A  true,  correct  and  current  copy  of  the  Company’s  current  Restated Articles  of  Incorporation  is  appended  as  Exhibit C  hereto.  Except  as  specified  in  this
Agreement  or  as  disclosed  in Exhibit D  hereto,  including  with  respect  to  a  pending  Series  E  Preferred  Share  financing,  there  are  no  other  options,  warrants,  conversion
privileges  or  other  contractual  rights  presently  outstanding  to  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  authorized  but  unissued  shares  of  the  Company's  capital  stock  or  other
securities.  Exhibit D hereto sets forth a capitalization table of the Company which is true, correct accurate, complete and materially consistent with this Section 6.3 as of the
date hereof.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 . 4     No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with, or
result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to
a  loss  of  a  material  benefit,  under,  any  provision  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws  of  the  Company  or  any  mortgage,  indenture,  lease  or  other  agreement  or
instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, its properties or assets, in
each case, the effect of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or materially impair or restrict its power to perform its obligations as contemplated
hereby.

6.5     Governmental and other Consents. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any
governmental authority or other person or entity is required on the part of the Company in connection with the issuance, sale and delivery of the Warrant and the Warrant
Stock, except such filings pursuant to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and applicable state securities laws, which have been made
or will be made in a timely manner. All stockholder consents required in connection with issuance of the Warrant and Warrant Stock have either been obtained by Company
or no such consents are required.

6 . 6     Exempt  from  Registration. Assuming  the  accuracy  of  the  representations  and  warranties  of  Holder  in  Section  7  hereof,  the  offer,  sale  and  issuance  of
the Warrant and the Warrant Stock will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and
from the registration and qualification requirements of applicable state securities laws. Neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers
to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of such securities to any person or persons so as to bring the offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant or the
Warrant Stock by the Company within the registration provisions of the Securities Act.

6 . 7     Delivery  of  Information; Accuracy.  The  Company  acknowledges  its  delivery  of  certain  Representations  and  Warranties  dated  as  of  the  date  hereof  (the
“Representations Letter”) to Holder, which Representations and Warranties form the basis for Holder purchasing the Warrant. The information contained therein and in all
documents, instruments and other information delivered to Holder in connection therewith are true, correct, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the Issue
Date.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
6.11     Legends. The Company shall remove any restrictive securities legends on Warrant Stock resulting from conversion of this Warrant as soon as permitted by

applicable law.

Section 7.         Representations and Warranties of Holder. Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as of the Closing Date as follows:

7 . 1     Investment Experience. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act, and was not organized for the specific
purpose of acquiring the Securities. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it
considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has
had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities
and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify
any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access. Holder has such business and financial experience as is required to give it the capacity to protect its own
interests in connection with the purchase of the Securities.

7 . 2     Investment Intent. Holder is purchasing the Warrant for investment for its own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any
“distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act. Holder understands that the Warrant has not been registered under the Securities Act or registered or qualified
under  any  state  securities  law  in  reliance  on  specific  exemptions  therefrom,  which  exemptions  may  depend  upon,  among  other  things,  the  bona  fide  nature  of  Holder's
investment intent as expressed herein.

7 . 3     Authorization. Holder has all requisite power and has taken all requisite action required of it to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. The
execution and delivery of this Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Holder and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Holder,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and (ii) as limited by equitable principles generally. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the fulfillment of the terms
herein will not result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of Holder's constitutional documents or instruments.

7.4     The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a
specific  exemption  therefrom,  which  exemption  depends  upon,  among  other  things,  the  bona  fide  nature  of  the  Holder’s  investment  intent  as  expressed  herein.  Holder
understands that this Warrant and the Warrant Stock issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified
under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144
promulgated under the Act.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.5      No Voting Rights. Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the conversion in whole or in part of this Warrant.

Section 8.

Restricted Stock Legend.

This Warrant and the Warrant Stock have not been registered under any securities laws. Accordingly, any share certificates issued pursuant to the conversion of this

Warrant shall (until receipt of an opinion of counsel in customary form that such legend is no longer necessary) bear the following legend:

THIS  WARRANT AND  THE  WARRANT  STOCK  ISSUABLE  UPON  CONVERSION  HEREOF  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE
SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933  (THE  “ACT”),  AND  HAVE  BEEN  ACQUIRED  FOR  INVESTMENT  AND  NOT  WITH  A  VIEW  TO,  OR  IN
CONNECTION WITH, THE OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE, TRANSFER OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE
EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN CUSTOMARY
FORM THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

Section 9.

Notices.

Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given here shall be in writing and shall be effective (a) upon hand delivery or delivery by e-mail or
facsimile at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or the first business
day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or (b) on the third business day
following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The
addresses for such communication shall be:

if to Holder, at

SVB Financial Group
Attn: Treasury - Derivatives Group
3003 Tasman Drive, HC215
Santa Clara, CA 95054
Telephone: 408-654-7400
Facsimile: 408-354-3085
warradmi@svb.com

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with a copy (not constituting notice) to

Greenspan Law Office
Attn: Benjamin Greenspan, Esq.
620 Laguna Road
Mill Valley, CA 94941
Fax: (415) 738-5371
Email: ben@greenspan-law.com

or

if to the Company, at

Giga-tronics Incorporated
5990 Gleason Drive
Dublin CA, 94568
Title: CEO
Name: John Regazzi
Email: jregazzi@gigatronics.com
Fax: 925-328-4789

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP
Four Embarcadero Center, 17th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
Fax: 415-403-6050
Attn: Thomas Reddy
Email: TReddy@sheppardmullin.com

Each party hereto may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section 9 by giving at least 10 calendar days’ notice of such changes address to the other
party hereto.

Section 10.

Amendments and Waivers.

This  Warrant  and  any  term  hereof  may  be  changed,  waived,  discharged  or  terminated  only  by  an  instrument  in  writing  signed  by  the  party  against  which

enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. This Warrant may only be amended by an instrument in writing signed by both parties.

Section 11.

Applicable Law; Severability.

This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If any one or more of the provisions contained
in this Warrant, or any application of any provision thereof, shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions contained herein and all other applications of any provision thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 12.

Construction; Headings.

The terms “Exercise” and “Exchange” may be used interchangeably from time to time in this Warrant, the only substantive difference being that the exercise of
rights  under  this  Warrant  by  Exercise  will  require  payment  of  cash  consideration  per  share  equal  to  the  Exchange  Price.  The  headings  used  in  this  Warrant  are  for  the
convenience of the parties only and shall not be used in construing the provisions hereof.

[Signature Page Follows]

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this SECOND Amended and Restated Warrant to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

Giga-tronics Incorporated

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

HOLDER:

SVB Financial Group

By: ____________________________

By: ____________________________

Name: _________________________

Name: _________________________

Title: __________________________

Title: __________________________

Warrant (2nd A&R) Signature Page

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To:   

                              ELECTION TO EXCHANGE OR EXERCISE

Exhibit A

1.     The undersigned hereby exercises its right to Exchange its Warrant for _________________ fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable shares of Warrant Stock in
accordance with the terms thereof.

1.     The undersigned hereby elects to Exercise the attached Warrant for fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable shares of Warrant Stock by payment of $__________
as specified in the attached Warrant. This right is exercised with respect to ___________ of shares.

         [Strike the paragraph above that does not apply.]

The undersigned requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to:

                       ______________________
                       ______________________
                       ______________________

2.     By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, the undersigned hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Warrant as of
the date hereof.

Date: _____________________

 [Holder]

By _________________________

Name:
Title:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To:  

        The undersigned hereby assigns and transfers this Warrant to

__________________________________________________
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

____________________________________________________________________
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal code)
____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

and irrevocably appoints _______________________________________ to transfer this Warrant on the books of the Company.

Date: __________________

SVB Financial Group

By: ____________________________

Name: _________________________

Title: __________________________

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit C

Articles of Incorporation

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit D
Capitalization Table

Fully Diluted

Shares

Ownership%

Common - Issued and Outstanding
PFG Shares
Common - Alara Warrants Exercised at $1.43
Common Shares issued to EGE for E-series

Total common outstanding

Alara Series B Preferred - As converted, liquidation preference of $2.30
Alara Series C Preferred - As converted, liquidation preference of $1.46
Alara Series D Preferred - As converted, liquidation preference of $1.43
Series E-As converted, assumes $1.1M investment
Total converted preferred outstanding

Common Warrants - PFG at $1.42 will be repriced to 25 cents
Common Warrants - Alara at $1.78
Common Warrants - Alara at $1.76
Common Warrants - EGE Investors at $1.15, will be repriced to 25 cents
Common Warrants - EGE Commission at $1.15, will be repriced to 25 cents

Total common warrants outstanding

Option Pool
Common Stock Options Outstanding - Average price $1.44
Restricted Stock Awards Outstanding
Total Options outstanding

Fully Diluted

8,584,169     
360,000     
1,010,034     
220,000     
10,174,203     

999,700     
342,465     
511,186     
4,400,000     
6,253,351     

260,000     
898,634     
194,437     
2,090,904     
292,727     
3,736,702     

1,231,777     
679,100     
375,450     
2,286,327     

38.2%
1.6%
4.5%
1.0%
45.3%

4.5%
1.5%
2.3%
19.6%
27.9%

1.2%
4.0%
0.9%
9.3%
1.3%
16.6%

5.5%
3.0%
1.7%

22,450,583     

100.0%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
  
 
     
       
 
   
 
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT

Exhibit 10.5

THIS  SECOND AMENDED AND  RESTATED  WARRANT  ("WARRANT")  WAS  ORIGINALLY  SOLD  ON  THE  ISSUE  DATE  IN A  PRIVATE  TRANSACTION
AND  IS  AMENDED  AND  RESTATED  AS  OF  THE  2 nd  RESTATEMENT  DATE,  WITHOUT  REGISTRATION  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  AS
AMENDED  (THE  “SECURITIES ACT”)  OR  THE  SECURITIES  LAWS  OF ANY  STATE, AND  MAY  BE  OFFERED  OR  SOLD  ONLY  IF  REGISTERED  UNDER
THE  SECURITIES  ACT  AND  SUCH  LAWS  OR  IF  AN  EXEMPTION  FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT  AND  SUCH  LAWS  IS
AVAILABLE.

Company / Issuer:
Number of Shares:
Class of Shares:
Exchange Price:
Issue Date:
Restatement Date:
2nd Restatement Date: March 26, 2018
March 13, 2020
Expiration Date:

Giga-tronics Incorporated, a California corporation
12,480 shares, subject to adjustment
Common Stock, no par value / share
See Section 1.2
March 13, 2014
June 16, 2014

The term “Holder” shall initially refer to PFG Equity Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which is the initial holder of this Warrant and shall

further refer to any subsequent permitted holder of this Warrant from time to time.

Giga-tronics Incorporated, a California corporation (the “Company”) does hereby certify and agree that, for the sum of $232 paid by Holder on the Issue Date,
which the parties agree was fair consideration for this Warrant, Holder, or its permitted successors and assigns, hereby is entitled to Exercise or Exchange this Warrant (each
as defined below) in the Company for up to Twelve Thousand Four Hundred Eighty (12,480) duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of its
Common Stock, no par value per share (the “Common Stock”) upon the terms and subject to the provisions of this Warrant. The Common Stock issuable upon Exercise or
Exchange of this Warrant is referred to herein as the “Warrant Stock”. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Warrant have their meanings as set forth in that certain
Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith between the Company and Partners for Growth IV, L.P., an affiliate of Holder (as amended, the “Loan Agreement”),
regardless of whether the Loan Agreement is then in effect. When the term “convert” or “conversion” in relation to the Warrant is used herein, it includes an Exchange and
an Exercise, each as defined below, as applicable.

Section 1

Term, Price, Exercise and Exchange of Warrant.

1.1     Term of Warrant. This Warrant shall be convertible from the Issue Date until the Expiration Date.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.2     Exchange Price. The price per share at which the Warrant Stock is issuable upon conversion of this Warrant shall be the lesser of (i) $0.25 per share and (ii)
the exercise price per share under those certain common stock warrants issued to investors as part of Units on or about January 29, 2016, as such exercise price is restated by
agreement of the Company and such investors on or about the 2nd Restatement Date of this Warrant (the “Exchange Price”).

1.3     Exercise of Warrant; Exchange of Warrant.

(a)     This Warrant may be Exercised (as defined below) in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant to the Company at its then principal offices in
the United States, together with the form of election to Exchange or Exercise attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Election”) duly completed and executed with “Exercise”
selected as the mode of conversion, and upon payment to the Company of the Exchange Price for the number of shares of Warrant Stock in respect of which this Warrant is
then being converted (an “Exercise”). In lieu of an Exercise, Holder may exchange this Warrant in whole or in part on a cashless basis by indicating so in the Election and
proceeding in accordance with the remainder of this Section 1.3 (an “Exchange”).

exchange for the number of shares of Warrant Stock equal to “X” (as defined below), computed using the following formula:

(b)     Upon an Exchange, the Holder shall receive Warrant Stock such that, without the payment of any funds, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant in

Y * (A-B)

X   =

A

Where

X =
Y =
A =
B =
*

= multiplied by

the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be issued to Holder
the number of shares of Warrant Stock to be converted under this Warrant
the Fair Market Value of one share of Warrant Stock
the Exchange Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculations)

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(c)     For purposes of this Warrant, the “Fair Market Value” of one share of Warrant Stock shall be (i) if the Company’s Common Stock is becomes listed
on a national stock exchange, the volume weighted average price per share reported on such exchange over the 30 trading-day period prior to the date Holder delivers its
Election to the Company (the “30 Day VWAP”), or (ii) if the Common Stock is traded over-the-counter, the average of the bid and ask price for Common Stock over the 30
trading-day period prior to the date Holder delivers its Election to the Company. If another class or series of Company securities is listed or traded as aforesaid, the Fair
Market Value shall be adjusted based on the ratio that the Warrant Stock converts into such other class or series or such other class or series converts into Warrant Stock, as
appropriate. If the Common Stock is not traded as contemplated in clauses (i) or (ii), above, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Warrant Stock shall be the price per
share of Warrant Stock which the Company could obtain from a willing buyer of Warrant Stock sold by the Company from its authorized but unissued shares, initially as
the Board of Directors of the Company (“Board”) shall determine in its reasonable good faith judgment, but in no event less than the price per share at which Common
Stock (or options for Common Stock) are then issuable to Company employees based on a valuation compliant with Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue
Code; provided, however, if Holder disagrees the Fair Market Value of Warrant Stock as determined by the Board, the parties shall jointly engage a valuation expert to value
the Warrant Stock based on a valuation of the Company as a going concern using standard valuation methodologies for the Warrant Stock. If the Warrant is to be converted
in connection with an Acquisition, the Fair Market Value of a share of Warrant Stock shall be based on the enterprise value specified or implied in such Acquisition and
shall be the greater of (A) the value attributable to the Warrant Stock and (B) the value attributable to the Company securities into which the Warrant Stock is (or may be)
convertible (but subject to Holder’s conversion directly into such other Company securities).

(d)     Upon surrender of this Warrant, and the duly completed and executed Election, and payment of the Exchange Price (if an Exercise) or conversion of
this Warrant through Exchange, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver to the Holder or such other person as the Holder may designate in writing a certificate or
certificates for the number of shares of Warrant Stock issuable pursuant to the terms of this Warrant upon conversion. Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have
been issued and any person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such Warrant Stock as of the date of the surrender of
this Warrant, and the duly completed and executed Election, and payment of the Exchange Price in the case of an Exercise or conversion of this Warrant through Exchange;
provided, that if the date of surrender of this Warrant and payment of the Exchange Price is not a business day, the certificates for the Warrant Stock shall be deemed to have
been issued as of the next business day (whether before or after the Expiration Date). If this Warrant is converted in part, a new warrant of the same tenor and for the number
of shares of Warrant Stock not converted shall be executed by the Company and delivered to Holder.

1.4     Fractional Interests. The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Warrant Stock upon the conversion of this Warrant. If any fraction of a
share of Warrant Stock would be issuable upon the exchange of this Warrant (or any portion thereof), the Company shall purchase such fraction for an amount in cash equal
to the Fair Market Value of the Warrant Stock.

1.5     Automatic Put or Exchange on Expiration Date. In the event that, by the Expiration Date, this Warrant has not been fully converted, then this Warrant shall
be deemed Exchanged pursuant to Section 1.3 as to all Warrant Stock (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been converted, and the Company shall
promptly deliver a certificate representing the Warrant Stock (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
1.6     Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company.

(a)     “Acquisition”.  For  the  purpose  of  this  Warrant,  “Acquisition”  means  any  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the
Company  in  whatever  form,  or  any  reorganization,  consolidation,  or  merger  of  the  Company  (whether  in  a  single  transaction  or  multiple  related  transactions)  where  the
holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction(s).

( b )     Treatment  of  Warrant  at Acquisition.  Upon  the  closing  of  any Acquisition,  at  Holder’s  option:  (i)  if  the  surviving  entity  (if  applicable  in  such
Acquisition) is willing assume the obligations of the Company under this Warrant, then if Holder so elects this Warrant shall be convertible into the same securities as would
be payable for the Warrant Stock issuable upon conversion of the unconverted portion of this Warrant as if such Warrant Stock were outstanding on the record date for the
Acquisition  (and  the  Warrant  Price  and/or  number  of  shares  of  Warrant  Stock  shall  be  adjusted  accordingly);  or  (ii)  the  Company  or  other  surviving  entity  in  such
Acquisition may (in lieu of assuming this Warrant under clause (i)) upon initial closing of such Acquisition purchase this Warrant at its “Fair Value” (the “Purchase Price”).
For  purposes  hereof,  “Fair  Value”  means  that  value  determined  by  the  parties  using  a  Black-Scholes  Option-Pricing  Model  (the  “  Black-Scholes  Calculation”)  with  the
following assumptions: (A) a risk-free interest rate equal to the risk-free interest rate at the time of the closing of the Acquisition (or as close thereto as practicable), (B) a
contractual life of the Warrant equal to the remaining term of this Warrant as of the date of the announcement of the Acquisition, (C) an annual dividend yield equal to
dividends declared on the underlying Warrant Stock (including securities into which the Warrant Stock may be convertible) during the term of this Warrant (calculated on
an annual basis), and (D) a volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company’s Common Stock comprised of: (1) if the Company is publicly traded on a national
securities exchange, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, (2) if the Common Stock is traded over-the-
counter, its volatility over the one year period ending on the day prior to the announcement of the Acquisition, or (3) if the Company is a non-public company, the volatility,
over the one year period prior to the Acquisition, of an average of publicly-traded companies in the same or similar industry to the Company with such companies having
similar revenues. The Purchase Price determined in accordance with the above shall be paid upon the initial closing of the Acquisition and shall not be subject to any post-
Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments;  provided,  however,  the  parties  may  take  such  post-Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments  into  account  in
determining the Purchase Price, and if the parties take any post-Acquisition closing contingencies or adjustments into account, then upon the partial or complete removal of
those  post-Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments,  a  new  Black-Scholes  Calculation  would  be  made  using  all  of  the  same  inputs  except  for  the  value  of  the
Company’s Common Stock (as determined under subclause (D)), and any increase in Fair Value (and, correspondingly, Purchase Price), including, without limitation, as a
result  of  any  earn-out  or  escrowed  consideration,  would  be  paid  in  full  to  Holder  immediately  after  those  post-Acquisition  closing  contingencies  or  adjustments  can  be
determined or achieved.

4

 
 
 
 
 
Section 2.

Exchange and Transfer of Warrant.

(a)          This  Warrant  may  be  transferred,  in  whole  or  in  part,  without  restriction,  subject  to  (i)  Holder’s  compliance  with  applicable  securities  laws
(including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions in legally sufficient and customary form), and (ii) the transferee holder of
the new Warrant assuming in writing the obligations of the Holder and making the representations and warranties set forth in this Warrant. Notwithstanding and without the
necessity of delivering an opinion of counsel, Holder may at any time transfer this Warrant in whole or in part to any affiliate. By its acceptance of this Warrant, each such
affiliate transferee will be deemed to have made to the Company each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7 hereof and agrees to be bound by all of the
terms and conditions of this Warrant as if the original Holder hereof. A transfer may be registered with the Company by submission to it of this Warrant, together with the
Assignment  Form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  B  duly  completed  and  executed. After  the  Company’s  receipt  of  this  Warrant  and  the Assignment  Form  so  completed  and
executed, the Company will issue and deliver to the transferee a new warrant (representing the portion of this Warrant so transferred) at the same Exchange Price per share
and otherwise having the same terms and provisions as this Warrant, which the Company will register in the new holder’s name. In the event of a partial transfer of this
Warrant,  the  Company  shall  concurrently  issue  and  deliver  to  the  transferring  holder  a  new  warrant  that  entitles  the  transferring  holder  to  purchase  the  balance  of  this
Warrant not so transferred and that otherwise is upon the same terms and conditions as this Warrant. Upon the due delivery of this Warrant for transfer, the transferee holder
shall be deemed for all purposes to have become the holder of the new warrant issued for the portion of this Warrant so transferred, effective immediately prior to the close
of  business  on  the  date  of  such  delivery,  irrespective  of  the  date  of  actual  delivery  of  the  new  warrant  representing  the  portion  of  this  Warrant  so  transferred.
Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, at all times prior to the IPO, Holder may not, without the Company’s prior written consent, transfer this Warrant or any
portion hereof, or any shares issued upon any exercise hereof to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company, except in connection with an Acquisition of
the Company by such a direct competitor.

(b)          In  the  event  of  the  loss,  theft  or  destruction  of  this  Warrant,  the  Company  shall  execute  and  deliver  an  identical  new  warrant  to  the  Holder  in
substitution therefor upon the Company’s receipt of (i) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such event and (ii) if requested by the Company, an indemnity
agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company. In the event of the mutilation of or other damage to the Warrant, the Company shall execute and
deliver an identical new warrant to the Holder in substitution therefor upon the Company’s receipt of the mutilated or damaged warrant.

(c)          The  Company  shall  pay  all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  any  conversion  (by  Exercise  or  Exchange),  transfer  or
replacement of this Warrant, including, without limitation, the costs of preparation, execution and delivery of a new warrant and of share certificates representing all Warrant
Stock.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 3.

Certain Covenants.

providing for the exchange of this Warrant, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient therefor.

(a)     The Company shall at all times reserve for issuance and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of

(b)     The Company will not, by amendment or restatement of its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or through reorganization, consolidation, merger,
amalgamation, sale of assets or otherwise, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant. Without limiting the foregoing, the
Company will not increase the par value of any Warrant Stock receivable upon the exchange of this Warrant above the amount payable therefor upon such exchange.

(c)     So long as Holder holds this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder such reports as it provides to its common stockholders generally, as and
when  delivered  to  such  stockholders.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Company  shall  provide  Holder  quarterly  and  annual  financial  statements  upon  request,  if  such
statements are not publicly available. The parties shall not treat the Warrant or the Warrant Stock as being granted or issued as property transferred in connection with the
performance of services or otherwise as compensation for services rendered.

Section 4.

Adjustments to Exchange Price and Number of Shares of Warrant Stock.

4.1     Adjustments. The Exchange Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with this Section 4. Upon each adjustment of the Exchange
Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to acquire upon conversion, at the Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of
shares of Warrant Stock obtainable by multiplying the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares of Warrant Stock acquirable
immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product thereof by the new Exchange Price resulting from such adjustment.

4.2     Subdivisions, Combinations and Stock Dividends. If the Company shall at any time subdivide by split-up or otherwise, its outstanding Common Stock into a
greater number of shares, or issue additional Common Stock as a dividend or otherwise with respect to any Common Stock, the Exchange Price in effect immediately prior
to such subdivision or share dividend shall be proportionately reduced and the number of shares acquirable upon Exercise or Exchange hereunder shall be proportionately
increased. Conversely, in case the outstanding Common Stock of the Company shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Exchange Price in effect immediately
prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased and the number of shares acquirable upon Exercise or Exchange hereunder shall be proportionately reduced.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.3     Reclassification, Exchange, Substitutions, Etc. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or
class of the securities issuable upon conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive and the Company shall promptly issue an amended warrant for the number
and  kind  of  securities  and  property  that  Holder  would  have  received  for  the  Warrant  Stock  if  this  Warrant  had  been  converted  immediately  before  such  reclassification,
exchange, substitution, or other event. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments (as determined in good faith by the Board) which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4.3, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or
property issuable upon conversion of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 4.3 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or
other similar events.

4.4.     Notices of Record Date, Etc. In the event that the Company shall:

(1) declare any dividend upon its Common Stock, whether payable in cash, property, stock or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend, or

(2)  offer  for  sale  to  (but  not  necessarily  exclusively  to)  its  existing  securityholders  any  additional  shares  of  any  class  or  series  of  the  Company’s  stock  or
securities exchangeable for or convertible into such stock in any transaction that would give rise (regardless of waivers thereof) to pre-emptive rights of any class or series of
stockholders, or

(3)  effect  or  approve  (by  stockholder  vote  or  otherwise)  any  reclassification,  exchange,  substitution  or  recapitalization  of  the  capital  stock  of  the  Company,
including any subdivision or combination of its outstanding capital stock, or consolidation or merger of the Company with, or sale of all or substantially all of its assets to,
another corporation, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up (including an assignment for the benefit of creditors), or

(4) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in any public offering of the Company’s securities,

then, in connection with such event, the Company shall give to Holder:

(i) at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such a dividend or offer in

respect of the matters referred to in (1) or (2) above;

(ii) in the case of the matters referred to in (3) above, at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place; and

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(iii) in the case of the matter referred to in (4) above, the same notice as is given or required to be given to the holders of such registration rights.

Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (1) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, the date on which the holders of capital stock shall be entitled
thereto and the terms of such dividend, and such notice in accordance with clause (2) shall also specify the date on which the holders of capital stock shall be entitled to
exchange their capital stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, exchange, substitution, consolidation, merger or sale, as
the case may be, and the terms of such exchange. Each such written notice shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holder of this Warrant at the
address of Holder.

4 . 5     Adjustment by Board. If any event occurs as to which, in the opinion of the Board, the provisions of this Section 4 are not strictly applicable or if strictly
applicable would not fairly protect the rights of the Holder in accordance with the essential intent and principles of such provisions, then the Board shall make an adjustment
in the application of such provisions, in accordance with such essential intent and principles, so as to protect such rights, but in no event shall any adjustment have the effect
of  increasing  the  Exchange  Price  as  otherwise  determined  pursuant  to  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Section  4,  except  in  the  case  of  a  combination  of  shares  of  a  type
contemplated in Section 4.2 and then in no event to an amount larger than the Exchange Price as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2.

4 . 6     Officers’ Statement as to Adjustments. Whenever the Exchange Price and/or number of shares of Warrant Stock subject to the Warrant is required to be
adjusted  as  provided  in  this  Section  4,  the  Company  shall  forthwith  file  at  its  principal  office  with  a  copy  to  the  Holder  notice  parties  set  forth  in  Section  9  hereof  a
statement, signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, showing in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment, the Exchange
Price  and  number  of  issuable  shares  that  will  be  effective  after  such  adjustment;  provided,  however,  such  statement  shall  not  be  required  to  the  extent  the  information
otherwise required by this Section 4.7 is available through the Company’s current reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

4.7     Issue of Securities other than Common Stock. In the event that at any time, as a result of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, Holder thereafter
shall become entitled to receive any securities of the Company, other than Common Stock, the number of such other shares so receivable upon Exercise or Exchange of this
Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Common Stock
contained in this Section 4.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 5.

Rights and Obligations of the Warrant Holder.

Except as otherwise specified in this Warrant, this Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any rights of a holder of Common Stock in the Company until such time

as this Warrant is exchanged or exercised.

Section 6.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Holder that:

6 . 1      Corporate Power; Authorization. The Company has all requisite corporate power and has taken all requisite corporate action to execute and deliver this
Warrant, to sell and issue the Warrant and Warrant Stock and to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. This Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered on behalf of the Company by the person executing this Warrant and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable in accordance with
its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and
(ii) as limited by equitable principles generally.

6.2     Validity of Securities. The issuance and delivery of the Warrant is not subject to preemptive or any similar rights of the stockholders of the Company (which
have not been duly waived) or any liens or encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws; and
when the Warrant Stock is issued upon conversion by Exercise or Exchange in accordance with the terms hereof, and this Warrant is converted into Warrant Stock, such
securities will be, at each such issuance, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, in compliance with all applicable securities laws and free of any liens or encumbrances
except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

6.3     Capitalization. The authorized capital of the Company consists of 40,000,000 common shares, of which 10,182,153 (as of 2/2/18) are issued and outstanding,
1,000,000 Preferred Shares, no par value per share, of which 18,533.51 are issued and outstanding, of which (i) 250,000 are designated as Series A Preferred Shares and
none  are  issued  and  outstanding,  (ii)  10,000  are  designated  as  Series  B  Preferred  Shares  and  9,997  are  issued  and  outstanding,  (iii)  3,500  are  designated  as  Series  C
Preferred  Shares  and  3424.65  are  issued  and  outstanding  (iv)  6,000  are  designated  as  Series  D  Preferred  Shares  and  5,111.86  are  issued  and  outstanding.  Each  share  of
preferred stock can convert into 100 shares of common. Common stock warrants totaling 3,736,702 have been granted in association with the Preferred Share purchases,
Common share purchases (including placement agent commissions) and PFG debt issuance. As of the date hereof, the Company has reserved a total of 2,850,000 shares of
its Common Stock for issuance under its 2005 Plan, of which 1,177,667 shares (including 450,450 shares of restricted stock) are outstanding and 1,672,333 are reserved for
future  grants. A  true,  correct  and  current  copy  of  the  Company’s  current  Restated Articles  of  Incorporation  is  appended  as  Exhibit C  hereto.  Except  as  specified  in  this
Agreement  or  as  disclosed  in Exhibit D  hereto,  including  with  respect  to  a  pending  Series  E  Preferred  Share  financing,  there  are  no  other  options,  warrants,  conversion
privileges  or  other  contractual  rights  presently  outstanding  to  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire  any  authorized  but  unissued  shares  of  the  Company's  capital  stock  or  other
securities. Exhibit D hereto sets forth a capitalization table of the Company which is true, correct accurate, complete and materially consistent with this Section 6.3 as of the
date hereof.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 . 4     No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this Warrant do not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not, conflict with, or
result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to
a  loss  of  a  material  benefit,  under,  any  provision  of  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws  of  the  Company  or  any  mortgage,  indenture,  lease  or  other  agreement  or
instrument, permit, concession, franchise, license, judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, its properties or assets, in
each case, the effect of which would have a material adverse effect on the Company or materially impair or restrict its power to perform its obligations as contemplated
hereby.

6.5     Governmental and other Consents. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any
governmental authority or other person or entity is required on the part of the Company in connection with the issuance, sale and delivery of the Warrant and the Warrant
Stock, except such filings pursuant to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and applicable state securities laws, which have been made
or will be made in a timely manner. All stockholder consents required in connection with issuance of the Warrant and Warrant Stock have either been obtained by Company
or no such consents are required.

6 . 6     Exempt  from  Registration. Assuming  the  accuracy  of  the  representations  and  warranties  of  Holder  in  Section  7  hereof,  the  offer,  sale  and  issuance  of
the Warrant and the Warrant Stock will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and
from the registration and qualification requirements of applicable state securities laws. Neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers
to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of such securities to any person or persons so as to bring the offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant or the
Warrant Stock by the Company within the registration provisions of the Securities Act.

6 . 7     Delivery  of  Information; Accuracy.  The  Company  acknowledges  its  delivery  of  certain  Representations  and  Warranties  dated  as  of  the  date  hereof  (the
“Representations Letter”) to Holder, which Representations and Warranties form the basis for Holder purchasing the Warrant. The information contained therein and in all
documents, instruments and other information delivered to Holder in connection therewith are true, correct, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the Issue
Date.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
6.11     Legends. The Company shall remove any restrictive securities legends on Warrant Stock resulting from conversion of this Warrant as soon as permitted by

applicable law.

Section 7.         Representations and Warranties of Holder. Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company as of the Closing Date as follows:

7 . 1     Investment Experience. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act, and was not organized for the specific
purpose of acquiring the Securities. Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has received or has had full access to all the information it
considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has
had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities
and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify
any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access. Holder has such business and financial experience as is required to give it the capacity to protect its own
interests in connection with the purchase of the Securities.

7 . 2     Investment Intent. Holder is purchasing the Warrant for investment for its own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any
“distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act. Holder understands that the Warrant has not been registered under the Securities Act or registered or qualified
under  any  state  securities  law  in  reliance  on  specific  exemptions  therefrom,  which  exemptions  may  depend  upon,  among  other  things,  the  bona  fide  nature  of  Holder's
investment intent as expressed herein.

7 . 3     Authorization. Holder has all requisite power and has taken all requisite action required of it to carry out and perform all of its obligations hereunder. The
execution and delivery of this Warrant has been duly authorized, executed and delivered on behalf of Holder and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Holder,
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of
creditors' rights generally and (ii) as limited by equitable principles generally. The consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the fulfillment of the terms
herein will not result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of Holder's constitutional documents or instruments.

7.4     The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Warrant Stock issuable upon exercise hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a
specific  exemption  therefrom,  which  exemption  depends  upon,  among  other  things,  the  bona  fide  nature  of  the  Holder’s  investment  intent  as  expressed  herein.  Holder
understands that this Warrant and the Warrant Stock issued upon any exercise hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified
under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available. Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144
promulgated under the Act.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.5      No Voting Rights. Holder, as a Holder of this Warrant, will not have any voting rights until the conversion in whole or in part of this Warrant.

Section 8.

Restricted Stock Legend.

This Warrant and the Warrant Stock have not been registered under any securities laws. Accordingly, any share certificates issued pursuant to the conversion of this

Warrant shall (until receipt of an opinion of counsel in customary form that such legend is no longer necessary) bear the following legend:

THIS  WARRANT AND  THE  WARRANT  STOCK  ISSUABLE  UPON  CONVERSION  HEREOF  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE
SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933  (THE  “ACT”),  AND  HAVE  BEEN  ACQUIRED  FOR  INVESTMENT  AND  NOT  WITH  A  VIEW  TO,  OR  IN
CONNECTION WITH, THE OFFER, SALE, PLEDGE, TRANSFER OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE
EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN CUSTOMARY
FORM THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.

Section 9.

Notices.

Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given here shall be in writing and shall be effective (a) upon hand delivery or delivery by e-mail or
facsimile at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or the first business
day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or (b) on the third business day
following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur. The
addresses for such communication shall be:

if to Holder, at

PFG Equity Investors, LLC
1660 Tiburon Blvd., Suite D
Tiburon, California 94920
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: (415) 781-0510
Email: notices@pfgrowth.com

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
with a copy (not constituting notice) to

Greenspan Law Office
Attn: Benjamin Greenspan, Esq.
620 Laguna Road
Mill Valley, CA 94941
Fax: (415) 738-5371
Email: ben@greenspan-law.com

with the original of this Warrant and any replacement, restatement or reissue of this Warrant to be delivered to:

Robert W. Baird & Co., Inc.
555 California Street, Suite 4900
San Francisco, CA 94104
ATTN: John Fitzgibbons
Phone # 415-627-3225
Email: JFitzgibbons@rwbaird.com

or

if to the Company, at

Giga-tronics Incorporated
5990 Gleason Drive
Dublin CA, 94568
Title: CEO
Name: John Regazzi
Email: jregazzi@gigatronics.com
Fax: 925-328-4789

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Sheppard Mullin Richter & Hampton LLP
Four Embarcadero Center, 17th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94111
Fax: 415-403-6050
Attn: Thomas Reddy
Email: TReddy@sheppardmullin.com

Each party hereto may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section 9 by giving at least 10 calendar days’ notice of such changes address to the other
party hereto.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 10.

Amendments and Waivers.

This  Warrant  and  any  term  hereof  may  be  changed,  waived,  discharged  or  terminated  only  by  an  instrument  in  writing  signed  by  the  party  against  which

enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. This Warrant may only be amended by an instrument in writing signed by both parties.

Section 11.

Applicable Law; Severability.

This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If any one or more of the provisions contained
in this Warrant, or any application of any provision thereof, shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions contained herein and all other applications of any provision thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 12.

Construction; Headings.

The terms “Exercise” and “Exchange” may be used interchangeably from time to time in this Warrant, the only substantive difference being that the exercise of
rights  under  this  Warrant  by  Exercise  will  require  payment  of  cash  consideration  per  share  equal  to  the  Exchange  Price.  The  headings  used  in  this  Warrant  are  for  the
convenience of the parties only and shall not be used in construing the provisions hereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this SECOND Amended and Restated Warrant to be duly executed on the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

Giga-tronics Incorporated

By: ____________________________

Name: _________________________

Title: __________________________

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

HOLDER:

PFG EQUITY INVESTORS, LLC

By: _______________________

___________________, Manager

Warrant (2nd A&R) Signature Page

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To:   

                              ELECTION TO EXCHANGE OR EXERCISE

Exhibit A

1.     The undersigned hereby exercises its right to Exchange its Warrant for _________________ fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable shares of Warrant Stock in
accordance with the terms thereof.

1.     The undersigned hereby elects to Exercise the attached Warrant for fully paid, validly issued and nonassessable shares of Warrant Stock by payment of $__________
as specified in the attached Warrant. This right is exercised with respect to ___________ of shares.

         [Strike the paragraph above that does not apply.]

The undersigned requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to:

                       ______________________
                       ______________________
                       ______________________

2.     By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, the undersigned hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Warrant as of
the date hereof.

Date: _____________________

 [Holder]

By _________________________

Name:
Title:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit B

ASSIGNMENT FORM

To:  

        The undersigned hereby assigns and transfers this Warrant to

__________________________________________________
(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

____________________________________________________________________
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal code)
____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

and irrevocably appoints _______________________________________ to transfer this Warrant on the books of the Company.

Date: __________________

PFG EQUITY INVESTORS, LLC

By __________________________
Name: _______________, Manager

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit C

Articles of Incorporation

 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit D
Capitalization Table

Common - Issued and Outstanding
PFG Shares
Common - Alara Warrants Exercised at $1.43
Common Shares issued to EGE for E-series

Total common outstanding

Alara Series B Preferred - As converted, liquidation preference of $2.30
Alara Series C Preferred - As converted, liquidation preference of $1.46
Alara Series D Preferred - As converted, liquidation preference of $1.43
Series E-As converted, assumes $1.1M investment
Total converted preferred outstanding

Common Warrants - PFG at $1.42 will be repriced to 25 cents
Common Warrants - Alara at $1.78
Common Warrants - Alara at $1.76
Common Warrants - EGE Investors at $1.15, will be repriced to 25 cents
Common Warrants - EGE Commission at $1.15, will be repriced to 25 cents

Total common warrants outstanding

Option Pool
Common Stock Options Outstanding - Average price $1.44
Restricted Stock Awards Outstanding
Total Options outstanding

Fully Diluted

Fully Diluted

Shares

Ownership%

8,584,169     
360,000     
1,010,034     
220,000     
10,174,203     

999,700     
342,465     
511,186     
4,400,000     
6,253,351     

260,000     
898,634     
194,437     
2,090,904     
292,727     
3,736,702     

1,231,777     
679,100     
375,450     
2,286,327       

38.2%
1.6%
4.5%
1.0%
45.3%

4.5%
1.5%
2.3%
19.6%
27.9%

1.2%
4.0%
0.9%
9.3%
1.3%
16.6%

5.5%
3.0%
1.7%

22,450,583     

100.0%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
     
       
 
   
 
GIGA-TRONICS INCORPORATED

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.15

This Severance Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between TIMOTHY URSPRUNG (“Employee”) and Giga-tronics Incorporated, a
California  Corporation  (the  “Company”),  effective  as  of  July  2,  2018  (the  “Effective  Date”).  This Agreement  supersedes  any  existing  Severance Agreement  or  other
agreement providing similar benefits between Employee and the Company.

RECITALS

1.     It is expected that the Company from time to time will consider the possibility of an acquisition by another company or other change of control. The Board of
Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that such consideration can be a distraction to Employee and can cause Employee to consider alternative employment
opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication
and objectivity of Employee, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control.

2.          The  Board  believes  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company  and  its  stockholders  to  provide  Employee  with  an  incentive  to  continue  his  or  her

employment and to motivate Employee to maximize the value of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders.

3.     The Board believes that it is imperative to provide Employee with certain benefits upon Employee’s termination of employment without cause or in connection

with a Change of Control. These benefits will provide Employee with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company.

4.     Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 5 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1 .     Term of Agreement . This Agreement will terminate upon the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been

satisfied.

2 .     At-Will Employment. The Company and Employee acknowledge that Employee’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable
law, except as may otherwise be specifically provided under the terms of any written formal employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and Employee (an
“Employment  Agreement”).  If  Employee’s  employment  terminates  for  any  reason,  Employee  will  not  be  entitled  to  any  payments,  benefits,  damages,  awards  or
compensation  other  than  as  provided  by  this Agreement,  including  any  payments  or  benefits  Employee  would  otherwise  be  entitled  to  under  his  or  her  Employment
Agreement.

3.     Termination Benefits.

( a )     Involuntary  Termination  other  than  for  Cause,  Death  or  Disability.  If  the  Company  (or  any  parent  or  subsidiary  of  the  Company  employing
Employee) terminates Employee’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) without Employee’s consent and for a reason other than (x)
Cause,  (y)  Employee  becoming  Disabled  or  (z)  Employee’s  death,  (any  such  termination,  an  “Involuntary Termination”)  and  (with  respect  to  subsections  (ii)  and  (iii)
below) Employee signs, delivers and does not revoke a separation agreement and release of claims in a form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) within the time
period required by the Release (but in no event later than two and one-half (2½) months following the end of the calendar year in which the Involuntary Termination occurs),
then following such termination of employment, or, if later, the effective date of the Release, Employee will receive the following payments and other benefits from the
Company:

-1-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
to Employee through the date of termination of employment in accordance with the Company’s then existing employee benefit plans, policies and arrangements.

(i)     Accrued Compensation. Employee will be entitled to receive all accrued vacation, expense reimbursements and any other benefits due

(ii)     Severance. Subject to Section 9(a), Employee will be entitled to receive continued payments of Employee’s base salary (as in effect
immediately  prior  to  such  termination  and  excluding  any  sales  commissions,  incentive  compensation  or  other  bonus  or  nonrecurring  compensation)  for  a  period  of  nine
months, less applicable withholding payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies.

(iii)    Options. With respect to all of Employee’s options (the “Options”) to purchase Company common stock outstanding on the date of
such termination (whether granted on, before or after the date of this Agreement), Employee will have the period following such termination of employment to exercise such
Options that is specified in the stock plans, if any, under which the Options were granted and in any applicable agreements between the Company and Employee; provided,
however, to the extent that, pursuant to the provisions of such stock plans and applicable agreements, such Options continue to vest during the period, if any, that Employee
provides  consulting  services  to  the  Company  pursuant  to  Section  3(a)(ii)  or  otherwise,  then  Employee  will  have  the  period  following  the  termination  of  such  consulting
services to exercise such Options that is specified in such stock plans and applicable agreements. In all other respects, such Options will continue to be subject to the terms
and conditions of the stock plans, if any, under which they were granted and any applicable agreements between the Company and Employee.

(iv)     Payments or Benefits Required by Law. Employee will receive such other compensation from the Company as may be required by
law and will not be entitled to any other benefits from the Company except to the extent required by law (for example, “COBRA” coverage under Section 4980B of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)).

( b )      Change of Control. If the Involuntary Termination occurs (i) within two months before the first public announcement of a proposed Change of
Control that is completed (whether or not in the same form as first announced) or (ii) within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, then the benefits provided in
subsection (ii) (“Severance”) shall be for a period of nine months after termination rather than any shorter period specified in such subsections.

( c )     Other Terminations. If Employee voluntarily terminates Employee’s employment with the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company
(other than for Good Reason within twelve (12) months of a Change of Control) or if the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company employing Employee)
terminates Employee employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) for Cause, then Employee will (i) receive his or her earned but unpaid
base salary through the date of termination of employment, (ii) receive all accrued vacation, expense reimbursements and any other benefits due to Employee through the
date of termination of employment in accordance with established Company plans, policies and arrangements, and (iii) not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits
(including,  without  limitation,  accelerated  vesting  of  Options  or  Restricted  Stock)  from  the  Company  except  to  the  extent  provided  under  the  applicable  stock  option
agreement(s) or as may be required by law (for example, “COBRA” coverage under Section 4980B of the Code).

( d )     Termination due to Death or Disability. If Employee’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) is terminated
due to Employee’s death or Employee’s becoming Disabled, then Employee or Employee’s estate (as the case may be) will (i) receive the earned but unpaid base salary
through  the  date  of  termination  of  employment,  (ii)  receive  all  accrued  vacation,  expense  reimbursements  and  any  other  benefits  due  to  Employee  through  the  date  of
termination of employment in accordance with Company-provided or paid plans, policies and arrangements, and (iii) not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits
from the Company except to the extent required by law (for example, “COBRA” coverage under Section 4980B of the Code).

(e)     Exclusive Remedy. In the event of a termination of Employee’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company), the
provisions of this Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Employee or the Company may otherwise be entitled
(including any contrary provisions in the Employment Agreement), whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement. Employee will be entitled to no
benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 3.

-2-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 .     Limitation on Payments. In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Employee (i) constitute
“parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 4, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the
Code, then Employee’s severance benefits under Section 4(a)(i) will be either:

(a)     delivered in full, or

Code,

(b)     delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the

whichever  of  the  foregoing  amounts,  taking  into  account  the  applicable  federal,  state  and  local  income  taxes  and  the  excise  tax  imposed  by  Section  4999,  results  in  the
receipt by Employee on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable
under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Employee otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 4 will be made in writing by
Armanino LLP or by a national “Big Four” accounting firm (the “Accountants”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Employee and the Company for
all  purposes.  For  purposes  of  making  the  calculations  required  by  this  Section  4,  the Accountants  may  make  reasonable  assumptions  and  approximations  concerning
applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Employee will
furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company
will bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 4.

5.     Definition of Terms. The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

( a )     Cause. “Cause” means (i) a willful failure by Employee to substantially perform Employee’s duties as an employee, other than a failure resulting
from the Employee’s complete or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or impairment, (ii) a willful act by Employee that constitutes gross misconduct and that
is injurious to the Company, (iii) circumstances where Employee willfully imparts material confidential information relating to the Company or its business to competitors
or to other third parties other than in the course of carrying out Employee’s duties, (iv) a material and willful violation by Employee of a federal or state law or regulation
applicable to the business of the Company that is injurious to the Company, or (v) Employee’s conviction or plea of guilty or no contest to a felony, which the Company
reasonably  believes  has  or  will  negatively  reflect  on  the  Company’s  business  or  reputation.  No  act  or  failure  to  act  by  Employee  will  be  considered  “willful”  unless
committed without good faith and without a reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the Company’s best interest.

(b)     Change of Control. “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), entity or group of persons acting in concert;

(i)     the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any “person” (as such term is used

securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

(ii)    any person or group of persons becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of

(iii)    a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the
voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities
of the surviving entity or its controlling entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity (or its
controlling entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

-3-

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
(iv)          a  contest  for  the  election  or  removal  of  members  of  the  Board  that  results  in  the  removal  from  the  Board  of  at  least  50%  of  the

incumbent members of the Board.

(c)     [Reserved].

( d )     Disability. “Disability”  will  mean  that  Employee  has  been  unable  to  perform  the  principal  functions  of  Employee’s  duties  due  to  a  physical  or
mental impairment, but only if such inability has lasted or is reasonably expected to last for at least six months. Whether Employee has a Disability will be determined by the
Board based on evidence provided by one or more physicians selected by the Board.

( e )     Good  Reason.  “Good  Reason”  means  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the  following  without  the  Employee’s  consent:  (i)  a  material  diminution  in
Employee’s Base Salary, except for reductions that are in proportion to any salary reduction program approved by the Board that affects a majority of the senior executives
of the Company; (ii) a material diminution in Employee’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (iii) a material diminution in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the
supervisor to whom Employee is required to report, including a requirement that Employee report to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the
Board; (iv)  a material change in the geographic location at which Employee must perform his services of not less than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s primary place of
business immediately prior to such relocation; or (v) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Agreement.

(f)     Section 409A Limit.  “Section 409A Limit” means the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Employee’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate
of pay paid to Employee during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Employee’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury
Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account
under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Employee’s employment is terminated.

6.     Non-Solicitation; Confidential Information. For a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending six (6) months after Employee ceases to be employed by

the Company, Employee, directly or indirectly, whether as employee, owner, sole proprietor, partner, director, member, consultant, agent, founder, co-venturer or otherwise,
will  not:  solicit,  induce  or  influence  any  person  to  leave  employment  with  the  Company. At  no  time  will  Employee  use  proprietary  Company  information,  including
confidential  information  about  any  customers  to  directly  or  indirectly  solicit  business  from  any  of  the  Company’s  customers  and  users  on  behalf  of  any  business  that
competes with the principal business of the Company. The foregoing shall not preclude Employee from becoming employed by a business that competes with the Company
so long as proprietary Company information, including confidential information about customers, is not disclosed to or used by the competing business or by Employee for
the benefit of the competing business.

7.     Successors.

(a)     The Company’s Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation
or  otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  business  and/or  assets  will  assume  the  obligations  under  this Agreement  and  agree  expressly  to  perform  the
obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession.
For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption
agreement described in this Section 7(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

(b)     The Employee’s Successors. The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by,

-4-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.     Notice.

(a)     General. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when
personally  delivered  or  when  mailed  by  U.S.  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested  and  postage  prepaid.  In  the  case  of  Employee,  mailed  notices  will  be
addressed to him or her at the home address which he or she most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices will be
addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the attention of its President.

(b)     Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Employee for Good Reason or as a result of a voluntary resignation will be
communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 8(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination
provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so
indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by Employee to include in the notice
any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason will not waive any right of Employee hereunder or preclude Employee from asserting such fact or
circumstance in enforcing his or her rights hereunder.

9.     Miscellaneous Provisions.

( a )     Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the  contrary  in  this Agreement,  if  Employee  is  a  “specified  employee”  within  the  meaning  of
Section 409A of the Code and any final regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder, as they each may be amended from time to time (“ Section 409A”) at the time of
Employee’s  termination  other  than  due  to  Employee’s  death  (provided  that  such  termination  is  a  “separation  from  service”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  409A,  as
determined by the Company), then only that portion of the cash severance and shares subject to accelerated RSUs payable to Employee pursuant to this Agreement, if any,
and  any  other  severance  payments  or  separation  benefits,  in  each  case  which  may  be  considered  deferred  compensation  under  Section  409A  (together,  the  “ Deferred
Compensation Separation Benefits”), which (when considered together) do not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined herein) may be made within the first six (6)
months  following  Employee’s  termination  of  employment  in  accordance  with  the  payment  schedule  applicable  to  each  payment  or  benefit.  Any  portion  of  the  Deferred
Compensation Separation Benefits in excess of the Section 409A Limit otherwise due to Employee on or within the six (6) month period following Employee’s termination
will accrue during such six (6) month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Employee’s
termination of employment. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each
payment  or  benefit.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  if  Employee  dies  following  his  termination  but  prior  to  the  six  month  anniversary  of  his  date  of
termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Employee’s
death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. It is the
intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to
the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.

payment be reduced by any earnings that Employee may receive from any other source.

( b )     No Duty to Mitigate. Employee will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such

(c)     Waiver. No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing
and  signed  by  Employee  and  by  an  authorized  officer  of  the  Company  (other  than  Employee).  No  waiver  by  either  party  of  any  breach  of,  or  of  compliance  with,  any
condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another
time.

(d)      Headings. All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

( e )    Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations,
understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including
(without limitation) the Employment Agreement). No future agreements between the Company and Employee may supersede this Agreement, unless they are in writing and
specifically mention this Agreement. With respect to equity awards granted on or after the date hereof, the acceleration of vesting provided herein will apply to such awards
except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable equity award agreement, which provision must include a reference to this Agreement.

-5-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
construction and performance of this Agreement.

( f )     Choice  of  Law.  The  laws  of  the  State  of  California  (without  reference  to  its  choice  of  law  provisions)  will  govern  the  validity,  interpretation,

other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g)     Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any

(h)     Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

one and the same instrument.

(i)     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

-6-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set

forth above.

COMPANY

EMPLOYEE

GIGA-TRONICS INCORPORTED   

By:                                                                                         

Title:            CEO                                                                  

Name: TIMOTHY URSPRUNG___________________ 

-7-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                
 
 
 
 
 
 
GIGA-TRONICS INCORPORATED

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.18

This Severance Agreement (the “Agreement”)  is  made  and  entered  into  by  and  between  LUTZ  P.  HENCKELS  (“Employee”)  and  Giga-tronics  Incorporated,  a
California  Corporation  (the  “Company”),  effective  as  of April  11,  2019  (the  “Effective Date”).  This Agreement  supersedes  any  existing  Severance Agreement  or  other
agreement providing similar benefits between Employee and the Company.

RECITALS

1.     It is expected that the Company from time to time will consider the possibility of an acquisition by another company or other change of control. The Board of
Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that such consideration can be a distraction to Employee and can cause Employee to consider alternative employment
opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication
and objectivity of Employee, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control.

2.          The  Board  believes  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  the  Company  and  its  stockholders  to  provide  Employee  with  an  incentive  to  continue  his  or  her

employment and to motivate Employee to maximize the value of the Company for the benefit of its stockholders.

3.     The Board believes that it is imperative to provide Employee with certain benefits upon Employee’s termination of employment without cause or in connection

with a Change of Control. These benefits will provide Employee with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company.

4.     Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 5 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1 .     Term of Agreement . This Agreement will terminate upon the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been

satisfied.

2 .     At-Will Employment. The Company and Employee acknowledge that Employee’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable
law, except as may otherwise be specifically provided under the terms of any written formal employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and Employee (an
“Employment  Agreement”).  If  Employee’s  employment  terminates  for  any  reason,  Employee  will  not  be  entitled  to  any  payments,  benefits,  damages,  awards  or
compensation  other  than  as  provided  by  this Agreement,  including  any  payments  or  benefits  Employee  would  otherwise  be  entitled  to  under  his  or  her  Employment
Agreement.

3.     Termination Benefits.

( a )     Involuntary  Termination  other  than  for  Cause,  Death  or  Disability.  If  the  Company  (or  any  parent  or  subsidiary  of  the  Company  employing
Employee) terminates Employee’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) without Employee’s consent and for a reason other than (x)
Cause,  (y)  Employee  becoming  Disabled  or  (z)  Employee’s  death,  (any  such  termination,  an  “Involuntary Termination”)  and  (with  respect  to  subsections  (ii)  and  (iii)
below) Employee signs, delivers and does not revoke a separation agreement and release of claims in a form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”) within the time
period required by the Release (but in no event later than two and one-half (2½) months following the end of the calendar year in which the Involuntary Termination occurs),
then following such termination of employment, or, if later, the effective date of the Release, Employee will receive the following payments and other benefits from the
Company:

-1-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
to Employee through the date of termination of employment in accordance with the Company’s then existing employee benefit plans, policies and arrangements.

(i)     Accrued Compensation. Employee will be entitled to receive all accrued vacation, expense reimbursements and any other benefits due

(ii)     Severance. Subject to Section 9(a), Employee will be entitled to receive continued payments of Employee’s base salary (as in effect
immediately  prior  to  such  termination  and  excluding  any  sales  commissions,  incentive  compensation  or  other  bonus  or  nonrecurring  compensation)  for  a  period  of  nine
months, less applicable withholding payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies.

(iii)     Options. With respect to all of Employee’s options (the “Options”) to purchase Company common stock outstanding on the date of
such termination (whether granted on, before or after the date of this Agreement), Employee will have the period following such termination of employment to exercise such
Options that is specified in the stock plans, if any, under which the Options were granted and in any applicable agreements between the Company and Employee; provided,
however, to the extent that, pursuant to the provisions of such stock plans and applicable agreements, such Options continue to vest during the period, if any, that Employee
provides  consulting  services  to  the  Company  pursuant  to  Section  3(a)(ii)  or  otherwise,  then  Employee  will  have  the  period  following  the  termination  of  such  consulting
services to exercise such Options that is specified in such stock plans and applicable agreements. In all other respects, such Options will continue to be subject to the terms
and conditions of the stock plans, if any, under which they were granted and any applicable agreements between the Company and Employee.

(iv)     Payments or Benefits Required by Law. Employee will receive such other compensation from the Company as may be required by
law and will not be entitled to any other benefits from the Company except to the extent required by law (for example, “COBRA” coverage under Section 4980B of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)).

( b )     Change of Control. If the Involuntary Termination occurs (i) within two months before the first public announcement of a proposed Change of
Control that is completed (whether or not in the same form as first announced) or (ii) within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control, then the benefits provided in
subsection (ii) (“Severance”) shall be for a period of nine months after termination rather than any shorter period specified in such subsections.

( c )     Other Terminations. If Employee voluntarily terminates Employee’s employment with the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company
(other than for Good Reason within twelve (12) months of a Change of Control) or if the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company employing Employee)
terminates Employee employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) for Cause, then Employee will (i) receive his or her earned but unpaid
base salary through the date of termination of employment, (ii) receive all accrued vacation, expense reimbursements and any other benefits due to Employee through the
date of termination of employment in accordance with established Company plans, policies and arrangements, and (iii) not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits
(including,  without  limitation,  accelerated  vesting  of  Options  or  Restricted  Stock)  from  the  Company  except  to  the  extent  provided  under  the  applicable  stock  option
agreement(s) or as may be required by law (for example, “COBRA” coverage under Section 4980B of the Code).

( d )     Termination due to Death or Disability. If Employee’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) is terminated
due to Employee’s death or Employee’s becoming Disabled, then Employee or Employee’s estate (as the case may be) will (i) receive the earned but unpaid base salary
through  the  date  of  termination  of  employment,  (ii)  receive  all  accrued  vacation,  expense  reimbursements  and  any  other  benefits  due  to  Employee  through  the  date  of
termination of employment in accordance with Company-provided or paid plans, policies and arrangements, and (iii) not be entitled to any other compensation or benefits
from the Company except to the extent required by law (for example, “COBRA” coverage under Section 4980B of the Code).

(e)     Exclusive Remedy. In the event of a termination of Employee’s employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company), the
provisions of this Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Employee or the Company may otherwise be entitled
(including any contrary provisions in the Employment Agreement), whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement. Employee will be entitled to no
benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Section 3.

-2-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 .     Limitation on Payments. In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Employee (i) constitute
“parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 4, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the
Code, then Employee’s severance benefits under Section 4(a)(i) will be either:

(a)     delivered in full, or

Code,

(b)     delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the

whichever  of  the  foregoing  amounts,  taking  into  account  the  applicable  federal,  state  and  local  income  taxes  and  the  excise  tax  imposed  by  Section  4999,  results  in  the
receipt by Employee on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable
under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and Employee otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 4 will be made in writing by
Armanino LLP or by a national “Big Four” accounting firm (the “Accountants”), whose determination will be conclusive and binding upon Employee and the Company for
all  purposes.  For  purposes  of  making  the  calculations  required  by  this  Section  4,  the Accountants  may  make  reasonable  assumptions  and  approximations  concerning
applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Employee will
furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company
will bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 4.

5.     Definition of Terms. The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

( a )     Cause. “Cause” means (i) a willful failure by Employee to substantially perform Employee’s duties as an employee, other than a failure resulting
from the Employee’s complete or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or impairment, (ii) a willful act by Employee that constitutes gross misconduct and that
is injurious to the Company, (iii) circumstances where Employee willfully imparts material confidential information relating to the Company or its business to competitors
or to other third parties other than in the course of carrying out Employee’s duties, (iv) a material and willful violation by Employee of a federal or state law or regulation
applicable to the business of the Company that is injurious to the Company, or (v) Employee’s conviction or plea of guilty or no contest to a felony, which the Company
reasonably  believes  has  or  will  negatively  reflect  on  the  Company’s  business  or  reputation.  No  act  or  failure  to  act  by  Employee  will  be  considered  “willful”  unless
committed without good faith and without a reasonable belief that the act or omission was in the Company’s best interest.

(b)     Change of Control. “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), entity or group of persons acting in concert;

(i)     the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any “person” (as such term is used

securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities;

(ii)    any person or group of persons becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of

(iii)     a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the
voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities
of the surviving entity or its controlling entity) at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity (or its
controlling entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

-3-

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
(iv)          a  contest  for  the  election  or  removal  of  members  of  the  Board  that  results  in  the  removal  from  the  Board  of  at  least  50%  of  the

incumbent members of the Board.

(c)     [Reserved].

( d )     Disability. “Disability”  will  mean  that  Employee  has  been  unable  to  perform  the  principal  functions  of  Employee’s  duties  due  to  a  physical  or
mental impairment, but only if such inability has lasted or is reasonably expected to last for at least six months. Whether Employee has a Disability will be determined by the
Board based on evidence provided by one or more physicians selected by the Board.

( e )    Good  Reason.  “Good  Reason”  means  the  occurrence  of  any  of  the  following  without  the  Employee’s  consent:  (i)  a  material  diminution  in
Employee’s Base Salary, except for reductions that are in proportion to any salary reduction program approved by the Board that affects a majority of the senior executives
of the Company; (ii) a material diminution in Employee’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; (iii) a material diminution in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the
supervisor to whom Employee is required to report, including a requirement that Employee report to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the
Board; (iv)  a material change in the geographic location at which Employee must perform his services of not less than fifty (50) miles from the Company’s primary place of
business immediately prior to such relocation; or (v) any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Agreement.

(f)     Section 409A Limit.  “Section 409A Limit” means the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Employee’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate
of pay paid to Employee during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of Employee’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury
Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account
under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Employee’s employment is terminated.

6.     Non-Solicitation; Confidential Information. For a period beginning on the Effective Date and ending six (6) months after Employee ceases to be employed by

the Company, Employee, directly or indirectly, whether as employee, owner, sole proprietor, partner, director, member, consultant, agent, founder, co-venturer or otherwise,
will  not:  solicit,  induce  or  influence  any  person  to  leave  employment  with  the  Company. At  no  time  will  Employee  use  proprietary  Company  information,  including
confidential  information  about  any  customers  to  directly  or  indirectly  solicit  business  from  any  of  the  Company’s  customers  and  users  on  behalf  of  any  business  that
competes with the principal business of the Company. The foregoing shall not preclude Employee from becoming employed by a business that competes with the Company
so long as proprietary Company information, including confidential information about customers, is not disclosed to or used by the competing business or by Employee for
the benefit of the competing business.

7.     Successors.

(a)     The Company’s Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation
or  otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  business  and/or  assets  will  assume  the  obligations  under  this Agreement  and  agree  expressly  to  perform  the
obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession.
For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption
agreement described in this Section 7(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

(b)     The Employee’s Successors. The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Employee hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by,

-4-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.     Notice.

(a)     General. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when
personally  delivered  or  when  mailed  by  U.S.  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt  requested  and  postage  prepaid.  In  the  case  of  Employee,  mailed  notices  will  be
addressed to him or her at the home address which he or she most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices will be
addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the attention of its President.

(b)     Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Employee for Good Reason or as a result of a voluntary resignation will be
communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 8(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination
provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so
indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by Employee to include in the notice
any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason will not waive any right of Employee hereunder or preclude Employee from asserting such fact or
circumstance in enforcing his or her rights hereunder.

9.     Miscellaneous Provisions.

( a )     Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the  contrary  in  this Agreement,  if  Employee  is  a  “specified  employee”  within  the  meaning  of
Section 409A of the Code and any final regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder, as they each may be amended from time to time (“ Section 409A”) at the time of
Employee’s  termination  other  than  due  to  Employee’s  death  (provided  that  such  termination  is  a  “separation  from  service”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  409A,  as
determined by the Company), then only that portion of the cash severance and shares subject to accelerated RSUs payable to Employee pursuant to this Agreement, if any,
and  any  other  severance  payments  or  separation  benefits,  in  each  case  which  may  be  considered  deferred  compensation  under  Section  409A  (together,  the  “ Deferred
Compensation Separation Benefits”), which (when considered together) do not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined herein) may be made within the first six (6)
months  following  Employee’s  termination  of  employment  in  accordance  with  the  payment  schedule  applicable  to  each  payment  or  benefit.  Any  portion  of  the  Deferred
Compensation Separation Benefits in excess of the Section 409A Limit otherwise due to Employee on or within the six (6) month period following Employee’s termination
will accrue during such six (6) month period and will become payable in a lump sum payment on the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Employee’s
termination of employment. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each
payment  or  benefit.  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  if  Employee  dies  following  his  termination  but  prior  to  the  six  month  anniversary  of  his  date  of
termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Employee’s
death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. It is the
intent of this Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to
the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply.

payment be reduced by any earnings that Employee may receive from any other source.

( b )      No Duty to Mitigate. Employee will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such

(c)      Waiver. No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing
and  signed  by  Employee  and  by  an  authorized  officer  of  the  Company  (other  than  Employee).  No  waiver  by  either  party  of  any  breach  of,  or  of  compliance  with,  any
condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another
time.

(d)      Headings. All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

( e )     Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations,
understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including
(without limitation) the Employment Agreement). No future agreements between the Company and Employee may supersede this Agreement, unless they are in writing and
specifically mention this Agreement. With respect to equity awards granted on or after the date hereof, the acceleration of vesting provided herein will apply to such awards
except to the extent otherwise explicitly provided in the applicable equity award agreement, which provision must include a reference to this Agreement.

-5-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
construction and performance of this Agreement.

( f )     Choice  of  Law.  The  laws  of  the  State  of  California  (without  reference  to  its  choice  of  law  provisions)  will  govern  the  validity,  interpretation,

other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g)     Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any

(h)     Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.

one and the same instrument.

(i)      Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

-6-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set

forth above.

COMPANY

EMPLOYEE

GIGA-TRONICS INCORPORTED   

By:                                                                                 

Title:            CEO                                                           

Name: LUTZ P. HENCKELS___________________ 

-7-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                            
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Exhibit 23.1

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Giga-tronics Incorporated on Form S-1 (File No. 333-227874, effective October 19, 2018),
Form S-8 (File No. 333-227872, effective October 17, 2018; File No. 333-135578, effective July 3, 2006; File No. 333-69688, effective September 24, 2001; File No. 333-
45476, effective September 8, 2000; File No. 333-48889, effective March 30, 1998; File No. 333-39403, effective November 5, 1997; File No. 333-34719, effective August
29, 1997) and Form S-3 (File No. 333-210157, effective March 21, 2016; File No. 333-205051, effective August 20, 2015) of our report dated May 30, 2019, with respect to
the consolidated balance sheet of Giga-tronics Incorporated and subsidiary as of March 30, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity,
and cash flows for the year then ended, which report appears in the March 30, 2019 annual report on Form 10-K of Giga-tronics Incorporated.

May 30, 2019 

/s/ ArmaninoLLP 
San Ramon, California 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, John R. Regazzi, certify that:   

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Giga-tronics Incorporated;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,
in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting; and

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting.

Date: 05/ 30 /2019  

/s/  JOHN R. REGAZZI 
John R. Regazzi 
Chief Executive Officer

  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
  
    
 
 
 
       
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
   
 
EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Lutz P. Henckels, certify that:  

1.

2.

3.

4.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Giga-tronics Incorporated;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,
in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's
internal control over financial reporting; and    

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's
auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over
financial reporting.

Date: 05/ 30 /2019   

/s/  LUTZ P. HENCKELS
Lutz P. Henckels
Principal Financial Officer

  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
    
 
  
    
 
 
 
    
    
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Giga-tronics Incorporated (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending March 30, 2019, as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, John R. Regazzi, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     (2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: 05/ 30 /2019   

/s/  JOHN R. REGAZZI 
John R. Regazzi 
Chief Executive Officer

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
EXHIBIT 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Giga-tronics Incorporated (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending March 30, 2019, as filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Lutz P. Henckels, Principal Financial Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

     (2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: 05/30/2019     

/s/  LUTZ P. HENCKELS
Lutz P. Henckels
Principal Financial Officer